初一英语完形填空题

合集下载

(精选)初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

(精选)初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Once upon a time,a hippo(河马)lived in a river next to a big tree.One day,a bird came and nested(筑巢)in the (1).The songs of the bird filled the hippo with so much envy that he couldn't think of anything else.Every day he would think (2)C he wasn't born to be a bird though the bird told him many times he was so (3)A to be so big and such a good (4)A.Finally,the hippo (5) that he would come out of the river,climb the tree and start (6)D.However,when he tried to climb the tree,it was very (7) that the hippo didn't have wings,nor claws to climb with.Realizing that he would (8)C climb up the tree,he (9) hit the tree until it came crashing to the ground.Then he stepped onto the leaves of the (10)A tree,and began singing.Unluckily,hippos can't sing,either.All that came from his (11)C were terrible noises,and whom the other animals(12)D this,they all came around to make fun of the hippo.He was ashamed by this. He also felt bad about having knocked the tree over. He used all his strength to raise the tree back up again, and look after it (13)it completely recovered (康复)In our life,the (14)C of our effort is of great importance.If we work hard in the wrong direction,the result won't be the one we(15)A.(1)A.river B.tree C.mountain D.sky(2)A.when B.what C. why D. where(3)A.lucky B.sad C. shy D. unlucky(4)A.swimmer B.climber C. runner D.driver(5)A.hoped B.decided. C.thought D.explained(6)A.flying B.running C.swimming D.singing(7)A.different B.difficult C.clear D. easy(8)A.often B.always C.never D.sometimes(9)A.happily B.angrily C. excitedly D. peacefully(10)A.fallen C.excitedly C. broken D. risen(11)A.eyes B.nose C. mouth D. ears(12)A. saw B. smelled C. tasted D. heard(13)A. unless B.until C. if D.chance(14)A. degree B.time C. direction D.explore(15)A. expect B. express C. experience D. explore【分析】这篇短文主要介绍了有一头河马因为羡慕嫉妒岸边树上的鸟儿会歌唱,所以他从河里爬出来要爬到树上歌唱。

初一英语完形填空练习题及答案

初一英语完形填空练习题及答案

初一英语完形填空练习题及答案完形填空是英语考试的必考题型。

以下店铺为大家精心准备了:初一英语完形填空练习题及答案,希望可以帮助到大家!初一英语完形填空练习题及答案一While I was waiting to enter university, I saw in a newspapera teaching job wanted at a school about ten miles from where I1 . Being very short of money and wanting to2 something usefulI applied (申请). Fearing as I did so, that without a degree and with no 3 of teaching my chances of getting the job were 4 .However, three days later, a letter 5 , calling me to Croydon for a 6 with the headmaster. It proved to be a 7 journey: a train to Croydon station, a ten-minute bus ride and then a walk of at 8 a quarter of a mile. As a result I arrived there, feeling 9 hot to be nervous. It was clearly the 10 himself that opened the door. He was 11 and round."The school," he said," is made up of one 12 of twenty-four boys between seven and thirteen. "I should have to 13 all the subjects except art, which he taught himself. I should have to 14 the class into three groups and teach them in tm at three different 15 , and I was disappointed at the thought of teaching maths-a 16 at which I wasn't very good at school. Worse perhaps was the idea of 17 to teach them on Saturday afternoon because most of my friends would be 18 themselves at that time.Before I had time to ask about my salary (薪水), he got up to his 19 . "Now, "he said, "you'd better meet my wife. She is the one who really 20 this school."1. A. lived B. played C. studied D. worked2. A. buy B. do C. teach D. write3. A. hooks B. experience C. material D. means4. A. great B. helpful C. nice D. dight5. A. arrived B. received C. returned D. written6. A. match B. meeting C. quarrel D. sight-seeing7. A. comfortable B. difficult C. pleasant D. short8. A. first B. last C. least D. most9. A. almost B. so C. too D. very10. A. headmaster B. student C. teacher D. wife11. A. bad B. glad C. short D. smiling12. A. class B. dozen C. group D. score13. A. like B. practise C. study D. teach14. A. connect B. divide C. join D. tear15. A. classes B. levels C. places D. subjects16. A. book B. lesson C. problem D. subject17. A. forcing B. forgetting C. having D. managing18. A. enjoying B. helping C. studying D. watching19. A. feet B. hands C. letter D. wife20. A. likes B. lives in C. runs D. startsKeys: 1.A 2.B 3.B 4.D 5.A6.B7.B8.C9. C 10. A11. C 12. A 13. D 14. B 15. B16. D 17. C 18. A 19. A 20. C初一英语完形填空练习题及答案二I am sitting in an empty football field after my last high school football game that finished a few hours ago. I'm the mid-field player on my team. But in fact that's not 1 now. I was the mid-field player because, as I said, this was my 2 game. That's a good way to end a high school football career (生涯), especially if you win, but even though you don't, it's 3 to leave at a high point.I was eight when I first started playing football. My dad 4football, and he used to practise with me at home - passing, catching, running. We used to practise almost every evening 5 it got too dark. He tried to teach me everything he knew about the 6 . "Just remember: don't ever 7 ." "Stay in the game. Don't lose your concentration (专注)." "Go out there and give 110 percent every time." Well, that was a long time ago, but I still hear his words 8 in my ears.I had a lot on my mind 9 the game today. I don't like things to end, I guess, and this was the last game. I was talking to myself and warning myself about what to do and not to do. I didn't sleep at all 10 , and when the sun came up this morning, I reached the point where 11 just wanted it all to be over, finished, done. But then when the game started, my mind became 12 . I just lived in this game, this moment. I didn't hear the crowd, I didn't feel the cold or the pain, I never felt tired. I just kept my eyes on the 13 , and it was just me and the ball and, inside, a soft, white light 14 me the way to the goal. It was a beautiful, empty feeling.It's all over now, and it's really getting cold here. It's starting to snow. The sun's almost gone, and I can 15 see the goal. Now it's dark and I'm sitting here all alone. Well, I guess it's time to say good-bye and move on.(1) A. true B. wrong C. strange D. clear(2) A. first B. last C. worst D. favourite(3) A. good B. bad C. lucky D. painful(4) A. needed B. hated C. missed D. loved(5) A. until B. when C. unless D. although(6) A. football B. game C. goal D. score(7) A. grow up B. catch up C. give up D. hurry up(8) A. ringing B. saying C. falling D. coming(9) A. from B. before C. through D. after(10) A. tonight B. yesterday C. today D. last night(11) A. we B. they C. I D. he(12) A. empty B. full C. rough D. awake(13) A. way B. field C. ball D. match(14) A. sending B. teaching C. pointing D. showing(15) A. already B. hardly C. never D. clearly答案:(1-5) ABADA (6-10) BCABD (11-15) CACDB初一英语完形填空练习题及答案三Jack lost(丢失)his Job last week. It was difficult for him to find another 1 . 2 told him that it was possible to get a new one in a town two hundred kilometers 3 .He decided to get there 4 .So he went to the railway station and got 5 a train. He was the only one in the car(车厢). The train started. Suddenly a man came in 6 a gun and said to him,"Your money 7 your life!"Jack sat there without 8 up."I 9 any money,"Jack answered."Then why are you so afraid of me?"the man asked angrily."Because I 10 you were the conductor, and I didn't buy a ticket,"answered Jack.1、A.work B.jobs C.ones D.one2、A.Nobody B.Somebody C.Anybody D.No one3、A.from B.farther C.away D.off4、A.by bikeB.on foot C.by train D.by bus5、A.off B.on C.up D.to6、A.with B.has C.have D.there was7、A.but B.and C.so D.or8、A.stands B.standing C.stood D.stand9、A.don't have B.have no C.didn't have D.had10、A.know B.didn't know C.think D.thought答案:1.D2.B3.C4.C5.B6.A7.D8.B9.A 10.A初一英语完形填空练习题及答案四Once there was a boy in Toronto. His name was Jimmy. He started drawing when he was three years old, and when he was five he was already very ___1___ at it. He drew many beautiful interesting pictures, and many people ___2___ his pictures. They thought this boy was going to be ___3___ when he was a little older, and then they were going to ___4___ these pictures for a lot of money.Jimmy's pictures were quite different from other ___5___ because he never drew on all of the paper. He drew on ___6___ of it, and the other half was always ___7___."That's very clever," everybody said. "___8___ other people have ever done that before."One day somebody asked him, "Please tell me, Jimmy. Why do you draw on the bottom (底部) half of your pictures, ___9___ not on the top half?""Because I'm small," Jimmy said, "and my brushes (毛笔) can't ___10___ very high."1. A.poor B.sad C.glad D.good2. A.bought B.brought C.sold D.took3. A.different B.cleverC.famous D.rich4. A.buy B.show C.leave D.sell5. A.men's B.people's C.boy's D.child's6. A.half B.part C.side D.end7. A.full B.empty C.wrong D.ready8. A.No B.Some C.Any D.Many9. A.then B.and C.but D.or10. A.change B.turn C.pull D.reach答案:1.D 2.A 3.C 4.D 5.B 6.A 7.B 8.A 9.C 10.D初一英语完形填空练习题及答案完形填空是英语考试的必考题型。

(整合)初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)共50篇

(整合)初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)共50篇

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.After their ship crashed (1)the rocks,I swam as (2)C as I could.By the time I finally (3) the land under my feet,I was (4)A out.I fell down on the beach and went to sleep.I (5)D as the sun was rising,(6) I found I could not move.My arms,legs and hair were tied (7)A the ground!Then I felt (8)A on my leg.It moved up over my stomach and neck until it was standing near my face.I looked down and (9)C a very small man.The tiny person was the same (10)C as my little finger!Soon more small men started climbing all over me.I shouted at them—the loud noise made them all (11)D over.However,they soon got up again and continued moving (12)A my body.One of these small men began talking to me,but I could not understand (13)A,I did not know what to say (14)C.He tried to pull one hand free and finally managed (15)A the ropes. "I must run away from them, "I thought,but I did not know how to get away.(1)A.on B.against C.in D.to(2)A.careful B.long C.far D.deep(3)A.feel B.felt C.fall D.fell(4)A.tired B.tied C.tried D.tie(5)A.went up B.put up C.turned up D.woke up(6)A.and B.but C.so D.or(7)A.to B.under C.on D.with(8)A.something B.anything C.nothing D.everything(9)A.looked at B.looked C.saw D.watched(10)A.weight B.age C.size D.color(11)A.fell B.to fall C.falling D.fall(12)A.across B.cross C.through D.past(13)A.him B.he C.them D.they(14)A.also B.too C.either D.as well(15)A.to break B.breaking C.break D.broke【分析】文章描述了作者因事故而游到小人岛发生的事。

初一英语完形填空完形填空题40题

初一英语完形填空完形填空题40题

初一英语完形填空完形填空题40题1My School LifeI am a student in a middle school. My school is very big and beautiful. There are many trees and flowers in our school. Our classroom is on the second floor. It is clean and bright.There are fifty students in our class. We are all friendly. We often help each other. Our teacher is very kind. She is always ready to help us.I like my school life very much. I think it is very interesting.1. There are ___ trees and flowers in our school.A. muchB. manyC. a lotD. lot of答案:B。

many 修饰可数名词复数,trees and flowers 是可数名词复数,所以用many 修饰。

much 修饰不可数名词,a lot 和lot of 表达错误。

2. Our classroom is on the ___ floor.A. twoB. secondC. threeD. third答案:B。

表示在第几层楼用序数词,second 是序数词“第二”。

two 是基数词“二”,three 是基数词“三”,third 是序数词“第三”。

3. There are ___ students in our class.A. fortyB. fiftyC. sixtyD. seventy答案:B。

根据文中“There are fifty students in our class.”可知有五十个学生。

(整合)初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

(整合)初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Just for today I will be happy.I quite agree with Abraham Lincoln,one of the greatest presidents in the US.He said,"Most people can be as happy as they hope to be in their mind." (1) is from inside.It is not a matter of outside.Just for today I will take care of my(2)C.I will exercise it,care for it,nourish*it,so that it will be a(3)D machine for my building.I plan to run for an hour every morning,and play basketball three or four times a week.(4)A it is possible,I will join a basketball team and train myself there too.Just for today I will try to strengthen my(5)A.I will learn something useful and meaningful.I will keep reading as part of myself.I will choose (6)C to read,especially books that need thought as often as I can,because reading is like a key that can (7)my mind to the outside world.It nourishes me deeply and (8) me a full man.Just for today I will have a plan.I will write down (9)I expect to do every day first.And then I will begin (10)C a very small thing,such as getting up on time.I may not follow it (11)the same as I have expected,but I am sure that I will have it.(12)C,a good plan is half done.Just for today I will be (13)A enough to enjoy myself.I will not be afraid to be happy,and to enjoy what is beautiful.I will not be afraid to love and to believe that those I love also love me.I'll value every moment that will be (14)A with my parents,my children and my friends.And I will say "I love you" loudly to them.Never keep my love as a(15)C.Just for today I will start my new journey and enjoy life as well.(1)A.Agreement B.Happiness C.Friendship D.Communication(2)A.pet B.kid C.body D.house(3)A.noisy B.heavy C.simple D.perfect(4)A.If B.Till C.Unless D.Whether(5)A.mind B.pride C.power D.memory(6)A.nothing B.anything C.something D.everything(7)A.put up B.open up C.make up D.clean up(8)A.calls B.makes C.writes D.expresses(9)A.that B.what C.which D.where(10)A.by B.at C.with D.through(11)A.mainly B.exactly C.recently D.suddenly(12)A.Instead B.Finally C.Anyway D.However(13)A.brave B.careful C.nervous D.worried(14)A.spent B.wasted C.missed D.offered(15)A.doll B.poem C.secret D.painting【分析】文章讲述了快乐和内心相关,和外在无关,并讲述了作者打算如何让自己成为一个快乐的人.【解答】(1)B 考查名词,A.Agreement同意B.Happiness幸福C.Friendship友谊D.Communication沟通,根据前文Most people can be as happy as they hope to be in their mind大多数人都能像他们希望的那样快乐.可知说的是快乐,推出此处是快乐,故选B.(2)C 考查名词,A.pet宠物B.kid孩子C.body身体D.house房子,根据I will exercise it我将锻炼它,以及I plan to run for an hour every morning,and play basketball three or four times a week.我计划每天早上跑一小时,每周打三到四次篮球.推出是锻炼身体,故选C.(3)D 考查形容词,A.noisy吵闹的B.heavy重的C.simple简单的D.perfect完美的,根据 I will exercise it,care for it,nourish it,我将锻炼它,照顾它,滋养它,可知锻炼的目的是为了让身体成为一个完美的机器,故选D.(4)A 考查连词,A.If如果B.Till直到C.Unless除非D.Whether是否,根据it is possible,I will join a basketball team and train myself there too,推出句意:如果可能,我也会加入篮球队,在那里训练自己,故选A.(5)A 考查名词,A.mind精神B.pride自豪C.power力量D.memory记忆,根据especially books that need thought as often as I can尤其是那些需要经常思考的书,推出我打算强化提升我的精神世界,故选A.(6)C 考查代词,A.nothing没事B.anything任何事C.something某事D.everything 每件事,根据especially books that need thought as often as I can尤其是那些需要经常思考的书,推出此处是指计划读一些东西,故选C.(7)B 考查短语,A.put up举起 B.open up打开 C.make up编造 D.clean up打扫,根据my mind to the outside world,可知是指向外面的世界敞开我的心扉,故选B.(8)B 考查动词,A.calls打电话B.makes使…C.writes写D.expresses表达,根据me a full man,推出是指:使我成为一个丰富有内涵的人,故选B.(9)B 考查代词,A.that没有具体意义 B.what什么 C.which哪个 D.where哪里,根据 I expect to do every day first,可知是what引导的宾语从句,意思是:我希望每天所期待的,故选B.(10)C 考查介词,A.by被 B.at在…C.with带有 D.through通过,根据begin,可知是短语begin with以…开始,结合句意:从小事做起,故选C.(11)B 考查副词,A.mainly主要地B.exactly准确地C.recently最近地D.suddenly 突然地,根据后文 but I am sure that I will have it但我相信我将会做到,推出前半句的意思是:虽然我可能不准确的做到,故选B.(12)C 考查副词,A.Instead相反地B.Finally最后地C.Anyway不管怎样D.However然而,根据a good plan is half done,不管怎样,一个好的计划是成功的一半,故选C.(13)A 考查形容词,A.brave勇敢的 B.careful仔细的 C.nervous紧张的 D.worried担心的,根据 I will not be afraid to be happy,and to enjoy what is beautiful.I will not be afraid to love and to believe that those I love also love me.我不会害怕快乐,也不会害怕享受美好的事物.我不会害怕去爱,也不会去相信我所爱的人也爱我,推出我要变的勇敢,故选A.(14)A 考查动词,A.spent花费 B.wasted浪费 C.missed错过 D.offered提供,根据I'll value every moment that will be…with my parents,my children and my friends,可知是指:我将珍惜和我的父母孩子,和朋友一起度过的每一个时刻,故选A.(15)C 考查名词,A.doll玩偶B.poem诗C.secret秘密D.painting画,根据"I love you" loudly to them.可知是指:对亲人大声的说爱他们,而不是藏在心里成为一个秘密,故选C.2.Welcome to London.You may visit many interesting(36)C here.The River Thames is a very beautiful river.Many boats and ships come and go (37)A it.Many people from other countries go on boat trips here.One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge.Boats (38)D Tower Bridge every half an hour.Tower Bridge is a famous bridge in the world(39) it is near the Tower of London,Tower Bridge gets its (40)C.You can (41)C across Tower Bridge at any time.Hyde Park is in the center of the(42)D.It's a great city park in the world.It (43)A very beautiful.You can enjoy swimming,boating,bike riding and skating here.London has a lot of museums and some of(44)D are free.It's a good place for you to visit.I'm sure you'll (45) a good time there.36.A.people B.rooms C.places D.animals37.A.on B.with C.at D.for38.A.lie B.clean C.find D.leave39.A.If B.Because C.When D.So40.A.history B.river C.name D.boat41.A.play B.dance C.walk D.work42.A.school B.street C.house D.city43.A.looks B.feels C.tastes D.sees44.A.us B.you C.it D.them45.A.tell B.have C.design D.listen.【分析】本文主要介绍了伦敦的风景.泰晤士河很美,上面有来来去去的船.塔桥是世界上最著名的桥之一,因为附近的伦敦塔而得名.海德公园也在市中心,是世界上最好的城市公园之一.伦敦有很多世界级的博物馆.【解答】36.C.考查名词辨析. people 人; rooms 房间;places 地方; animals 动物.根据题干关键词"here"指上文提到的London,可知该句句意是:你也许在那参观很多有趣的地方.因"many" 很多,修饰可数名词复数;"interesting"有趣的,是形容词,可修饰名词,所以该空填名词"places",故选C.37.A.考查介词辨析.on 在……上面;with 和;at 在(时间的某一点);for为,给.题干中的关键词"it"指的是上一句的'The River Thames"泰晤士河,所以可推知该句的意思是:许多船舶在它上面来来去去.因此该空填介词on,故选A.38.D.考查动词辨析.lie 躺;clean 清洁;find 找到;leave离开.根据前一句可知:One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge.可知一种最好的旅游船可从塔桥到西敏桥.而题干中的关键词"Boats "指的就是最好的旅游船,所以可推知:船每隔半小时发一次,即:船每隔半小时离开塔桥.又因本句是主谓宾结构,主语boats是复数形式,故选D.39.B.考查连词.if 如果,可引导条件状语从句;because 因为,引导原因状语从句;when 什么时候,引导时间状语从句;so因此,引导结果状语从句.根据分句: it is near the Tower of London,句意:它离伦敦塔很近.根据分句: Tower Bridge gets its …句意:塔桥出名.前后两个分句是因果关系,前因后果,所以用because来引导,故选B.40.C.考查名词辨析.history历史;river 河;name 名字;boat船.根据前一句Because it is near the Tower of London.因为它离伦敦塔很近.可知所以塔桥出名,又因关键词"its"它的,是形容词性的物主代词,可修饰名词,故选C.41.C.考查动词辨析. play玩; dance 跳舞;walk 步行;work工作.根据题干可知固定短语:walk across步行穿过,又因关键词"can" 是情态动词,后面加动词原形,故选C.42.D.考查名词辨析. school 学校;street 街道;house 房子; city城市.根据后一句:It's a great city park in the world.可知海德公园是世界上的一个伟大的城市公园.所以可推知该句的句意是:海德公园在这个城市的中心.又因定冠词"the"可修饰名词,故选D.43.A.考查感官动词.looks 看; feels 感觉;tastes 尝; sees看到.根据题干关键词"It "指"Hyde Park"海德公园,可知它看起来非常的漂亮.又因该句是主系表结构,所以可用感官动词做系动词,结合选项,故选A.44.D.考查人称代词.us 我们,宾格形式;you你,你们;it 它;them它们,是宾格形式.根据分句:London has a lot of museums.:伦敦有很多博物馆.可知后面分句的意思是:它们中的一些是免费的.又因some of 后面可加人称代词的宾格形式,故选D.45.B.考查动词辨析.tell 告诉;have 有;design 设计;listen听.根据题干可知固定搭配:have a good time 玩的高兴,过得愉快.又因助动词"will"后面加动词原形,故选B.3.A teacher decided to let her class play a game.The teacher told each child in the class to bring along a plastic bag with a few(1)in it.Each potato will be given a name of a person that the child(2)C,so the number of potatoes that a child will put in his/her plastic bag will (3)A on the number of people he/she hates.So when the day came,every child brought some potatoes with the(4)A of the people he/she hated.Some had two potatoes,some three,(5)D some up to fivepotatoes.The teacher then told the children to carry with them the potatoes in the plastic bag wherever they went (even to the toilet) for one(6).Day after day passed by,and the children started to complain about the unpleasant (7)let out by the rotten(腐烂的) potatoes.Those having five potatoes also had to carry(8)A bags.After one week,the children were (9)C because the game had finally ended.The teacher asked,"How did you feel while carrying the potatoes with you for one week?" The children started complaining of the (10)D that they had to go through having to carry the heavy and smelly potatoes wherever they went.Then the teacher told them the hidden meaning behind the game.The teacher said, "This is (11) the situation when you carry your hatred for somebody inside your heart.The bad smell of hatred will dirty your(12)C and you will carry it with you wherever you go.If you cannot(13)D the smell of rotten potatoes for just one week,can you imagine what it is like to have the unpleasant smell of hatred in your heart for your lifetime?"(14)away any hatred for anyone from your heart so that you will not carry it for a lifetime.Forgiving others is the best attitude to take!Love others even if you don't like them,and you can see a(15)A world.(1)A.tomatoes B.potatoes C.strawberries D.sandwiches(2)A.doubts B.helps C.hates D.likes(3)A.depend B.live C.sit D.try(4)A.names B.numbers C.words D.smiles(5)A.as B.until C.when D.while(6)A.day B.week C.month D.year(7)A.sound B.smell C.air D.water(8)A.heavier B.lighter C.more D.fewer(9)A.sad B.frightened C.happy D.quiet(10)A.risk B.mess C.headache D.trouble(11)A.maybe B.exactly C.especially D.finally(12)A.nature B.bag C.heart D.knowledge(13)A.smell B.tell C.change D.bear(14)A.Put B.Throw C.Fly D.Blow(15)A.better B.cleaner C.worse D.dirtier【分析】本文中老师是想通过这个事情告诉学生一个道理,不要在心里去讨厌或者憎恨一个人,那样太累了,还不如原谅别人.【解答】1.B 考查名词.句意:老师告诉班上的每个孩子带一个塑料袋,里面放一些土豆.tomatoes西红柿;potatoes土豆;strawberries草莓;sandwiches三明治.由后文Each potato will 可知,此处指的时学生们带了一些土豆.故选B.2.C 考查动词.句意:每个土豆都会有一个孩子讨厌的人的名字.doubts怀疑;helps帮助;hates讨厌;likes喜欢.由后文the number of people he/she hates可知,此处指的时讨厌的名字.故选C.3.A 考查动词.句意:所以一个孩子放在塑料袋里的土豆数量将取决于他/她讨厌的人的数量.depend依赖,取决;live居住,生活;sit坐;try尝试.由语境和句意可知,depend on取决于,依赖于,固定搭配,符合题意.故选A.4.A 考查名词.句意:所以,当这一天到来时,每个孩子都会带来一些土豆,上面写着他/她讨厌的人的名字.names名字;numbers数字;words单词;smiles微笑.由前文可知,老师要求学生们再土豆上,写出自己讨厌的人的名字.故选A.5.D 考查连词.句意:有的学生有两个土豆,有的有三个土豆,然而有些学生有多达五个土豆.as因为,作为;until直到;when当……时候;while然而.由句意可知,此处需用while前后表示对比.故选D.6.B 考查名词.句意:然后老师让孩子们把土豆放在塑料袋里,放在他们去的任何地方(甚至厕所)一个星期.day天;week周;month月;year年.由后文After one week可知,此处表示一星期.故选B.7.B 考查名词.句意:日复一日,孩子们开始抱怨腐烂的土豆散发出的难闻气味.sound 声音;smell气味;air空气;water水.由后文let out by the rotten(腐烂的)potatoes.可知,此处表示土豆腐烂发出的气味.故选B.8.A 考查形容词比较级.句意:那些有五个土豆的人还得拿更重的袋子.heavier更重;lighter更轻;more更多;fewer更少.由上文和句意可知,土豆数量越多,袋子的重量越大.故选A.9.C 考查形容词.句意:一周后,孩子们很高兴,因为游戏终于结束了.sad悲伤的;frightened害怕的;happy高兴的;quiet安静的.由后文because the game had finally ended 可知,游戏结构了,所以孩子们开心.故选C.10.D 考查名词.句意:孩子们开始抱怨他们必须忍受麻烦,无论他们去哪里,他们都得带着又重又臭的土豆.risk风险;mess杂乱;headache头疼;trouble麻烦.由后文carry the heavy and smelly potatoes wherever they went.可知,孩子们无论去哪里都要把土豆带着,所以这给他们带来了麻烦.故选D.11.B 考查副词.句意:这正是你内心深处对某人怀有仇恨的情况.maybe也许;exactly 精确地,确切地;especially尤其;finally最后;由句意可知,此处需用exactly精确地,确切地,表示这种情况与上文一致.故选B.12.C 考查名词.句意:仇恨的恶臭会弄脏你的心,你会带着它走到任何地方.nature自然,本性;bag包;heart心;knowledge知识.由后文hatred in your heart for your lifetime 可知,此处指的是弄脏你的心.故选C.13.D 考查动词.句意:如果你一个星期都不能忍受腐烂土豆的味道,你能想象一辈子心里有一股仇恨的难闻气味是什么样子吗?" smell闻;tell告诉;change改变;bear忍受.由句意和语境可知,此处指的是忍受土豆腐烂的味道.故选D.14.B 考查动词.句意:把对任何人的仇恨从你的心中抹去,这样你一辈子都不会带着它.Put放;Throw扔掉;Fly飞;Blow吹.由句意可知,作者建议我们把对别人的仇恨放起来,put away放起来,固定搭配,符合题意.故选B.15.A 考查形容词比较级.句意:爱别人,即使你不喜欢他们,你也能看到一个更好的世界.better更好;cleaner更干净;worse更差;dirtier更脏.由句意和语境可知,爱别人,我们能看到一个更好的世界.故选A.4.Once there lived two brothers.The elder was called Simon and the younger Victor.They (36)C each other very much,and always took care of one another.Every day they worked from morning(37)A night,getting as much grain(谷物) as possible from their fields.One late autumn evening,after their work in the(38)was done,Simon said to his wife,"Victor got married last month.He has many bills(账单) to pay.I think I will put a bag of rice in his barn(谷仓).""Oh,that's a good idea,"said his wife."But please don't tell him,"said Simon,"If he knows I put the rice there,he will(39)A take it."So,late that night Simon took a bag of rice to Victor's barn.The next day,while looking at his own barn,he found(40)D strange."I took a bag of rice to Victor's house last night,(41)C I still have the same number of bags in my barn.(42)A did that happen?" Simon decided to take another bag of rice to his brother's barn that night.But the next morning,he found the(43)D number of bags in his barn again!"This is very strange,"he thought.That night he(44)D again.He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder; and walked down the road to his younger brother's house.In the bright moonlight,he could see another (45) coming down the road.He was carrying something on his(46) too."Younger Brother!"Simon cried,"What are you doing?""I was (47)D you,Older Brother,"said Victor,"Your family is(48)C than mine.I thought you needed more rice."The two brothers quickly(49)that they had been taking rice to each other.They(50)A what had happened."It is good to have a brother like you,"they both said.And they lived happily ever after.36.A.disliked B.hated C.loved D.enjoyed37.A.until B.at C.through D.with38.A.shops B.fields C.hospitals D.factories39.A.never B.sometimes C.usually D.ever40.A.everything B.anything C.nothing D.something41.A.so B.and C.but D.or42.A.How B.What C.Why D.Where43.A.small B.different C.huge D.same44.A.planned B.failed C.hoped D.tried45.A.brother B.person C.sister D.wife46.A.back B.shoulder C.head D.hand47.A.proud of B.polite to C.angry with D.worried about 48.A.smaller B.richer C.larger D.happier49.A.remembered B.realized C.imagined D.explained50.A.laughed about B.dreamed about C.pointed at D.shouted at.【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了一对亲密的兄弟,他们都看到了对方的困难,想法来帮助对方.正是这种无私的兄弟之情让这对兄弟生活得很幸福.【解答】答案:36.C 考查动词.根据下文always took care of one another,结合选项,dislike"不喜欢";loved爱;hate"憎恨";enjoy"欣赏",可知他们互相友爱.love 意为"爱,关爱",全文是一般过去时,所以用过去式,loved.故选C.37.A 考查固定结构.根据下文getting as much gain"获得更多的粮食,结合选项,Until直到;at 在时间空间的一点;through通过;with 带有,伴随,和.可知他们每天都从早上工作直到晚上.from…until 为固定搭配,意为"从…直到…",故选A.38.B 考查名词.根据上文getting as much gain(谷物) as possible from their fields"从田里获得尽可能多的粮食,结合选项,Shops商店;fields田地;hospitals医院;factories工厂.可知他们的工作是在田野间.field 意为"田野",由于不止一块田地,所以要用复数形式 fields,故选B.39.A 考查副词.根据上文But please don't tell him"不要告诉他,结合选项,Never从来不,永远不;sometimes有时;usually通常;ever曾经,永远.可知本句指的是,如果他知道了,他永远不会取用它.故选A.40.D 考查不定代词.根据he found…strange."结合选项,something一些东西,一般用于肯定句及表示请求建议等含义的疑问句中;anything也是表示一些东西,任何东西,一般用于否定及疑问句中.Nothing没有东西,用于肯定句表示否定含义;everything每件东西;修饰这些不定代词的形容词一般放在这些词的后面.可知他发现一些奇怪的事情.故选D.41.C考查连词.根据上文"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house"取走了一袋,而现在一袋都不少,结合选项,So因此;and和,并且;but但是;or或者,否则.可知前后是转折关系,"我"拿了一袋米去Victor 家,但是我"还有那么多袋米.故选C.42.A考查疑问词.根据…did that happen?"结合选项,How如何,怎样;What什么;Why为什么;Where在哪儿.可知那是如何发生的呢.故选A.43.D 考查形容词.根据下文This is very strange"很奇怪,结合选项,Small小的;different 不同的;huge巨大的;same 相同的.可知第二天早上,他在仓库里又发现了相同的数量的米.故选D.44.D 考查动词.根据下文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder (肩膀);and walked down the road to his younger brother's house,结合选项,planned 计划;failed失败,不及格;hoped希望;tried尽力,尝试.可知那天晚上,他又再次尝试.try 意为"尝试",结合全文时态可知此处应为过去时,故选D.45.B 考查名词.根据下文coming down the road",结合选项,Brother兄弟;person人;sister姐妹;wife妻子.可知在明亮的月光下,他看见另一个人走在路上.故选B.46.B考查名词.根据上文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder (肩膀),结合选项,Back背部;shoulder肩膀;head头;hand 手.可知那个人也扛了东西在肩膀上.故选B.47.D 考查固定搭配.根据下文Older Brother,"said Victor,"Your family is…than mine.I thought you needed more rice."你的家庭比我的家庭…,我认为你需要更多的米,结合选项,proud of为…感到骄傲;strict with对…严厉;angry with对…感到生气;worried about 为…担心.可知"我"担心你,哥哥.be worried about sb.为固定搭配,意为"为某人担忧",故选D.48.C 考查形容词.根据下文I thought you needed more rice 我还以为你需要更多的米饭,结合选项,Smaller更小的;richer 更富有的;larger更大的;happier更高兴的.可知你的家庭比我的家庭更大.故选C.49.B 考查动词.根据The two brothers quickly…that they had been taking rice to each other.结合选项,Remembered记得;imagined想象;realized 意识到;explained解释,说明.可知,两兄弟很快意识到他们互相把米带给了对方.realize 意为"意识到",结合全文时态可知此处因为过去时,故选B.50.A 考查固定搭配.根据They…what had happened."结合选项,laughed about嘲笑,笑对;dreamed about梦到;shouted at对…大喊;complained about抱怨.可知对于把米带给到对方家里去的事情他们都笑了.laugh about sth为固定搭配,意为"因为(某事)而笑",结合全文时态此处应为过去时,故选A.5.I was said to be the worst student in my class,and my family thought I was hopeless.I had to(36)D Grade Six.At that time a new teacher,Miss Sadia,came to our school.One day after class,she noticed that I was staying alone during the lunch break.She came to me and began to talk to me.It was just a(37)C conversation(对话).After that day,she gave me particular attention(特别注意) and it made me feel special.I started to work hard because she gave me the feeling that(38)believed me,and my(39)D started to improve in her subject.Months later,she moved into a house near my(40)A.We would walk home together after school.Her constant (不断的) support helped me,especially in my studies,as I knew she would(41)D my grades both in her subject and the other subjects.I finally(42)second in my class.Then,after Grade Six,she started to slowly drift away(疏远),(43)A still kept a constant check on me.By the time I was in Grade Seven,we(44)D spoke,but by then I had become the(45)C in my class.When I left my school,I was out of touch with her,as she never answered the(46)C when I called her.Then I graduated and went to a good university.One fine day,our paths crossed again.I met her at a wedding.I could not(47)asking her,"Why did you stop talking to me?" "You are a clever boy.I wanted you to be a tree(48)A on your own roots,not dependingon (依靠)others.Now here you are and I feel(49)of you.You are your inspiration (启发灵感的人)and do not need to(50)C a shoulder."she said.I could not say anything,but I smiled.I'll always thank her.36.A.jump B.attend C.copy D.repeat37.A.stupid(傻的)B.useless C.normal D.secret38.A.everyone B.someone C.anyone D.nobody39.A.words B.objects C.classes D.grades40.A.home B.school C.hotel D.company41.A.change B.look C.improve D.check42.A.received B.came C.caught D.held43.A.but B.as C.or D.so44.A.ever B.often C.once D.hardly45.A.oldest B.strongest C.best D.cleverest46.A.road B.schoolyard C.phone D.machine47.A.finish B.help C.prevent D.keep48.A.standing B.flying C.growing D.sitting49.A.sad B.proud C.good D.pity50.A.give up B.get on C.look for D.take up【分析】作者在小学时老师和家长认为他是个差等生,要他留级,这时遇到了一位名叫Miss Sadia的老师,在她的帮助和鼓励下,作者取得很大进步,但是从此以后,Miss Sadia 不再给他很多关注,直到毕业后的一次偶遇,他才知道了老师这样做的真正原因.【解答】36.D考查动词辨析.A jump跳;B attend 参加;C copy复印;D repeat重复.根据I was said to be the worst student in my class,and my family thought I was hopeless 可知老师和家长都认为"我"是差生,所以不得不留级,选D.37.C考查形容词辨析.A.stupid 蠢得;B.useless无用的;C.normal 正常的;D.secret秘密的.从上下文It was just a(37)conversation(对话).After that day,she gave me particular attention(特别注意) and it made me feel special可知这只是很平常的谈话,但是后来老师却格外注意我,选C.38.B考查代词辨析.A.everyone每个人;B.someone 某人;C.anyone任何人;D.nobody没有人.从上文After that day,she gave me particular attention(特别注意) and it made me feel special可知老师对"我"特别关注,所以作者感到了来自别人的信任,选B.39.D考查名词辨析.A words话;B objects 物体;C classes班级;D grades分数,成绩.根据后句started to improve in her subject可以推断作者在老师那科的成绩开始提高了,选D.40.A考查名词辨析.A home 家;B school 学校;C hotel旅馆;D company公司.根据We would walk home together after school可知作者和老师.放学后一起回家.选A.41.D考查动词辨析.A.change 改变;B.look 看;C.improve 提高;D.check核实,检查.根据语境判断老师会检查他的学习情况,会查他各科的成绩,而且根据下文still kept a constant(不断的) check on me.内容也可以判断选D.42.B.考查动词辨析.A received收到;B came 来;C caught抓住D;held抓住.固定短语:come second获得第二名,句意:最后"我"获得班级第二名,选B.43.A考查连词辨析A but但是(表示转折关系);B as由于(表示原因);C or否则,或者(表示选择关系);D so所以(表示前因后果).从前后句she started to slowly drift away(疏远),(43)still kept a constant check on me.内容可知此处表示转折关系,句意:老师开始慢慢地疏远"我",但是还是经常检查"我"的学习成绩,选A.44.D考查副词辨析.A ever曾经;B often 经常;C once曾经;D hardly几乎不.从上文she started to slowly drift away内容可知老师对作者渐渐疏远,由此判断当"我"上七年级时,我们几乎就不交谈了,故选D.45.C.考查形容词辨析.A oldest 最老的;B strongest最壮的;C best最好的;D cleverest 最聪明的.but by then I had become the(45)in my class到那时,"我"已经成为班级最好的学生了,故选C.46.C考查名词辨析.A road路;B schoolyard 校园;C phone打电话;D machine机器.根据空后when I called her.可知当"我"给她打电话时,她从不接"我"的电话,故选C.47.B考查动词辨析.A finish完成;B help帮助;C prevent阻止;D keep保持.根据作者说的话I could not(47)asking her,"Why did you stop talking to me?"可知"我"是情不自禁地问她"为什么不再和我说话",can't help doing sth情不自禁做某事,故选 B.48.A考查动词辨析.A standing 站立;B flying飞;C growing 生长;D sitting坐.从下文I wanted you to be a tree(48)on your own roots,not depending on (依靠)others内容可知老师希望作者独立,要像一棵树一样,站在自己的根上,而不是依赖于别人的帮助,故选A.49.B考查形容词辨析.A sad伤心的;B proud自豪的;C good好的;D pity遗憾的.从Now here you are and I feel(49)of you.You are your inspiration(启发灵感的人) and do not need to内容可知作者成绩优秀,所以老师应该是为他自豪,故选B.50.C考查动词短语辨析.A give up放弃;B get on进展;C look for寻找;D take up拿起.从老师说的话You are your inspiration(启发灵感的人)and do not need to(50)a shoulder可知老师不希望他去依赖别人,要靠自己的力量,短语:look for a shoulder"依靠别人",选C.6.I have (1)C my hometown for a few years.It has changed a lot (2)A the years.New roads and beautiful buildings have been (3)C.People in my hometown have realized the(4)C of protecting the environment.They have done many things (5)C planting trees,keeping the roads clean,and not (6)D plastic bags.Now the (7)A is much better than before,and people's life is (8)D than before.The old are doing all kinds of (9)D such as playing(10)A,dancing and playing TaiJi in thepark.There are(11)C places for people to relax such as KTVs and bars in the town.People's life is not(12)any more.They can relax in many different ways(13)C just watching TV at home.There are also some places(14)A further learning ,especially for the(15)A who want to find good jobs.(1)A.left B.been away C.been away from D.left away(2)A.over B.among C.between D.after(3)A.build B.building C.built D.buildings(4)A.important B.useless C.importance D.use(5)A.for example B.as C.such as D.that is(6)A.use B.used C.useful D.using(7)A.environment B.weather C.life D.hometown(8)A.bad B.worse C.colourful D.more colorful (9)A.games B.matches C.work D.activities(10)A.chess B.the chess C.with chess D.a chess(11)A.few B.less C.more D.much(12)A.interesting B.boring C.bored D.happy(13)A.for example B.in fact C.instead of D.such as(14)A.for B.at C.with D.to(15)A.young B.children C.old D.baby【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了家乡的变化.家乡建了新楼房和道路,人们的环保意识提高了,环境变好了.人们的生活也变得丰富多彩了,老年人有各种各样的活动;还有很多地方供人们休闲;对于年轻人来说,还有继续学习的地方.【解答】(1)C.考查动词与语境理解.根据前后文及选项词意,此句为:我离开家乡有好多年了.for a few years,好些年;通常和现在完成时连用,leave是瞬间动词,不能与持续时间段连用,be away from离开,表示状态,可以与持续时间段连用;结合语境故选C.(2)A.考查介词与语境理解.A超过;B三者及以上其中;C两者中间;D在…之后;根据前后文及选项词意,此句为:这些年发生了很多改变.Over the years多年以来,故选A.(3)C.考查动词与语境理解.根据前后文及选项词意,此句为:建了新的房子和道路.主语与动词直接是被动关系,要用被动语态,所以动词用过去分词,故选C.(4)C.考查名词与语境理解.从后文村民植树等行为,得知此句说的是,村民们认识到保护环境的重要性.A 重要的,形容词;B没有的,形容词;C 重要性,名词;D 使用,动词;结合语境故选C.(5)C.考查短语与语境理解.从前问They have done many things他们做了很多事情,后面是具体的例子,例如植树,保持道路的清洁,A 例如,后面经常跟一个例子,B 作为,。

(精选)初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)共50篇

(精选)初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)共50篇

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.My father and I always had a bit of trouble in our relationship.It's not that we didn't love each other.It's just that we used to have(1)opinions.My dad is one of the most hard﹣working men I know,but I was a(2)D.I played sports as a kid,but gave (3)A when I was making progress.Then I showed an (4)D in music.My father got excited and(5)C me a guitar when I was about eight.But I really didn't like it until I was a teenager.During those teen years,I got up my guitar and(6)A playing along.Then I went to college.My father thought I should focus more on my(7),while I thought I should have more fun playing music.I dreamed to be a musician.When I grew into a young man,I suddenly fell(8)C ill one day and it was discovered that I had a terrible kidney disease(肾病).I had to accept (9)D all my life,or get a transplant(移植).I felt like there was a heavy(10)A on my shoulders.Life became hard for me.But I was lucky enough because of my loving parents who (11)me and took care of me.While trying to (12)A just what to do with my life,my father got tested to see (13)he was the right man to give me his kidney.I tried to refuse,but he'd hear(14)D of it.He saved my life at last.Two years ago,I made up a band.He had always wanted to play in a band,but (15)C got the chance when he was young.It was one of the greatest gifts I could give to him.(1)A.special B.different C.private D.necessary(2)A.musician B.coach C.actor D.dreamer(3)A.up B.out C.off D.away(4)A.introduction B.influence C.increase D.interest(5)A.expected B.threw C.bought D.praised(6)A.began B.regretted C.finished D.meant(7)A.hobbies B.studies C.skills D.choices(8)A.similarly B.hardly C.seriously D.harmfully(9)A.agreements B.movement C.argument D.treatments(10)A.weight B.disadvantage C.disbelief D.warning(11)A.provided B.encouraged C.afforded D.managed(12)A.decide B.behave C.build D.doubt(13)A.how B.whether C.why D.what(14)A.each B.all C.much D.none(15)A.almost B.completely C.never D.basically【分析】这是一篇记叙文,主要介绍作者小时候和父亲的关系总是有点麻烦,但是他们都彼此爱着对方,后来作者需要移植肾脏,父亲毫不犹豫把他的肾脏送给了我.我试着拒绝,但是他不听.我病好后组建了自己的乐队,这也是父亲年轻时遗憾没有做到的事情,这是我送给他的最好的礼物之一.【解答】1.B.考查形容词.A特别的.B不同的.C私人的.D必要的.句意"只是我们过去有__意见".根据第一句My father and I always had a bit of trouble in our relationship我父亲和我在我们的关系中总是有点麻烦.可知,应该是"不同的".选B.2.D.考查名词.A音乐家.B教练.C演员.D梦想家.句意"我爸爸是我认识的最勤奋的人之一,但我是个__.".可知,应该是"梦想家".选D.3.A.考查搭配.give up放弃.give out分发.give off发出.give away赠送.句意"我小时候做过运动,但在进步的时候__了.".可知,应该是"放弃".选A.4.D.考查名词.A说明.B影响.C增加.D兴趣.句意"我对音乐展现出__.".根据上一句 I played sports as a kid,but gave up when I was making progress我小时候做过运动,但在进步的时候放弃了.可知,应该是"兴趣".选D.5.C.考查动词.A期盼.B扔掉.C买.D赞美.句意"当我八岁的时候,父亲兴奋地给我__了一把吉他".可知,应该是"买".选C.6.A.考查动词.A开始.B后悔.C完成.D意思是.句意"在那十年里,我拿起吉他__演奏.".可知,对吉他感兴趣,应该是"开始".选A.7.B.考查名词.A爱好.B学习.C技能.D选择.句意"我父亲认为我应该更多地关注我的__.".根据上一句Then I went to college然后我上了大学.可知,应该是"学习".选B.8.C.考查副词.A类似地.B几乎不.C认真地、严重地.D有害地.句意"有一天我突然病倒了,发现我患了一种___肾病.".可知,应该是"严重地".选C.9.D.考查名词.A同意.B运动.C争论.D治疗.句意"我得接受__,或者接受移植手术.".可知,得了严重的肾病,应该是"治疗".选D.10.A.考查名词.A重量、重担.A缺点.C不相信.D警告.句意"我感觉有一个重__在我的肩膀上".可知,得了病心里有负担,应该是"重担".选A.11.B.考查动词.A提供.B鼓励.C买得起.D经营.句意"但我很幸运,因为我亲爱的父母__我照顾我.".可知,应该是"鼓励".选B.12.A.考查动词.A决定.B表现.C建造.D怀疑.句意"当我试图__如何处理我的生活时".根据9空处I had to accept treatments all my life,or get a transplant我必须接受治疗,或者接受移植手术.可知,应该是"决定".选A.13.B.考查连词.A怎么.B是否.C为什么.D什么.句意"我父亲做了测试,确认他__是给我肾脏的合适人选.".可知,应该是"是否".选B.14.D.考查搭配.A每个.B全部.C许多的.D没人、根本不.句意"但他__听".根据上一句I tried to refuse我试图拒绝.可知,父亲要为作者捐肾脏,应该是"根本不".选D.15.C.考查副词.A几乎.B完全地.C从不.D主要地.句意"他一直想在乐队里演奏,但他年轻时__有机会.".but但是,表示转折,应该是"从未".选C.2.Welcome to London.You may visit many interesting(36)C here.The River Thames is a very beautiful river.Many boats and ships come and go (37)A it.Many people from other countries go on boat trips here.One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge.Boats (38)D Tower Bridge every half an hour.Tower Bridge is a famous bridge in the world(39) it is near the Tower of London,Tower Bridge gets its (40)C.You can (41)C across Tower Bridge at any time.Hyde Park is in the center of the(42)D.It's a great city park in the world.It (43)A very beautiful.You can enjoy swimming,boating,bike riding and skating here.London has a lot of museums and some of(44)D are free.It's a good place for you to visit.I'm sure you'll (45) a good time there.36.A.people B.rooms C.places D.animals37.A.on B.with C.at D.for38.A.lie B.clean C.find D.leave39.A.If B.Because C.When D.So40.A.history B.river C.name D.boat41.A.play B.dance C.walk D.work42.A.school B.street C.house D.city43.A.looks B.feels C.tastes D.sees44.A.us B.you C.it D.them45.A.tell B.have C.design D.listen.【分析】本文主要介绍了伦敦的风景.泰晤士河很美,上面有来来去去的船.塔桥是世界上最著名的桥之一,因为附近的伦敦塔而得名.海德公园也在市中心,是世界上最好的城市公园之一.伦敦有很多世界级的博物馆.【解答】36.C.考查名词辨析. people 人; rooms 房间;places 地方; animals 动物.根据题干关键词"here"指上文提到的London,可知该句句意是:你也许在那参观很多有趣的地方.因"many" 很多,修饰可数名词复数;"interesting"有趣的,是形容词,可修饰名词,所以该空填名词"places",故选C.37.A.考查介词辨析.on 在……上面;with 和;at 在(时间的某一点);for为,给.题干中的关键词"it"指的是上一句的'The River Thames"泰晤士河,所以可推知该句的意思是:许多船舶在它上面来来去去.因此该空填介词on,故选A.38.D.考查动词辨析.lie 躺;clean 清洁;find 找到;leave离开.根据前一句可知:One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge.可知一种最好的旅游船可从塔桥到西敏桥.而题干中的关键词"Boats "指的就是最好的旅游船,所以可推知:船每隔半小时发一次,即:船每隔半小时离开塔桥.又因本句是主谓宾结构,主语boats是复数形式,故选D.39.B.考查连词.if 如果,可引导条件状语从句;because 因为,引导原因状语从句;when 什么时候,引导时间状语从句;so因此,引导结果状语从句.根据分句: it is nearthe Tower of London,句意:它离伦敦塔很近.根据分句: Tower Bridge gets its …句意:塔桥出名.前后两个分句是因果关系,前因后果,所以用because来引导,故选B.40.C.考查名词辨析.history历史;river 河;name 名字;boat船.根据前一句Because it is near the Tower of London.因为它离伦敦塔很近.可知所以塔桥出名,又因关键词"its"它的,是形容词性的物主代词,可修饰名词,故选C.41.C.考查动词辨析. play玩; dance 跳舞;walk 步行;work工作.根据题干可知固定短语:walk across步行穿过,又因关键词"can" 是情态动词,后面加动词原形,故选C.42.D.考查名词辨析. school 学校;street 街道;house 房子; city城市.根据后一句:It's a great city park in the world.可知海德公园是世界上的一个伟大的城市公园.所以可推知该句的句意是:海德公园在这个城市的中心.又因定冠词"the"可修饰名词,故选D.43.A.考查感官动词.looks 看; feels 感觉;tastes 尝; sees看到.根据题干关键词"It "指"Hyde Park"海德公园,可知它看起来非常的漂亮.又因该句是主系表结构,所以可用感官动词做系动词,结合选项,故选A.44.D.考查人称代词.us 我们,宾格形式;you你,你们;it 它;them它们,是宾格形式.根据分句:London has a lot of museums.:伦敦有很多博物馆.可知后面分句的意思是:它们中的一些是免费的.又因some of 后面可加人称代词的宾格形式,故选D.45.B.考查动词辨析.tell 告诉;have 有;design 设计;listen听.根据题干可知固定搭配:have a good time 玩的高兴,过得愉快.又因助动词"will"后面加动词原形,故选B.3.My name is Zhao Kai.I went for a budget trip(穷游)this summer vacation.I(1)D Shandong,Tianjin and Beijing with my father.What a special and surprising (2)C it was!My father and I only (3)C about 1,000 yuan for the trip.We tried some different ways to (4)A money.We didn't take planes(5)A the air tickets were expensive.We didn't have enough (6)for the air tickets.We decided to take(7)C.Hard seats were our first choice.We(8)the hard sleepers(卧铺) only when we were too(9).As for (10)A,we chose to live in small and cheap hotels.We didn't want to spend money living in large and(11) hotels.We didn't eat out.We went to the(12)A to buy some vegetables and meat,and then we (13)D meal in the hotel.We saved a lot of money(14)C this way.I learned a lot from the trip.I want to go for (15) budget trip next year.Would you like to go with me next time?(1)A.disliked B.called C.helped D.visited(2)A.place B.train C.trip D.meal(3)A.cost B.took C.paid D.spent(4)A.save e C.make D.find(5)A.because B.so C.although D.but(6)A.food B.money C.energy D.time(7)A.planes B.taxis C.trains D.buses(8)A.lived B.chose C.sent D.wondered(9)A.angry B.tired C.relaxed D.excited(10)A.hotels B.bedrooms C.houses D.flats(11)A.cheap B.expensive C.high D.low(12)A.markets B.libraries C.hotels D.restaurants(13)A.took B.bought C.learned D.cooked(14)A.for B.by C.in D.on(15)A.other B.another C.others D.the other【分析】本文讲述了作者和他爸爸一起去山东等地"穷游"的经历.他们带的钱不多,为了省钱只能坐火车,住便宜的宾馆,自己做饭吃.作者通过这次旅游学到了很多,还打算再一次"穷游"【解答】(1)D 考查动词.A不喜欢,B称呼,C帮助,D参观.根据上句I went for a budget trip(穷游) this summer vacation.我和他爸爸一起去山东等地"穷游",应该是参观了山东,天津…故选D.(2)C 考查名词,句意:真是一次特别而惊喜的…此处place 地方,地点;train 火车;trip旅程,旅行;meal饭,餐.结合句意,应是"特别而惊喜的旅行.故选C.(3)C 考查数词.句意:我和父亲这次旅行只花了大约1000元.表示花费讲,sth cost sb ..;It takes sb ..to do sth;sb pay…for..;sb spend..(on)sth.根据"四个花费"固定的用法.故选C.(4)A 考查动词,句意:我们尝试了一些不同的方法去省钱.save节省,挽救;use使用;make使用,制作;find发现,找到.根据本篇语境可知是为了"省钱",故选A.(5)A 考查连词.句意:我们没有飞机,…机票很贵.because因为;so因此;although 虽然,尽管;but但是.根据句意可知"因为机票贵,所以我们才没坐飞机".故选A.(6)B 考查名词.句意:我们没有足够的…去买机票.food食物;money金钱;energy能量;time时间.根据句意可知"没有买机票是没有足够的钱".故选B.(7)C 考查名词.句意:我们决定坐火车.根据后文Hard seats were our first choice."硬座是我们的首选"推出他们应该坐的是火车.planes飞机,taxies出租车;trains火车;buses公共汽车.故选C.(8)B 考查动词,句意:只有当我们很累的时候我们才选择卧铺.根据前一句Hard seats were our first choice,可知是首"选"硬座,再"选"卧铺.lived居住;chose选择;sent发送;picked捡起,拾起.故选B.(9)B 考查形容词.句意:只有当我们…的时候我们才选择卧铺.angry生气的;tired劳累的;relaxed放松的;excited兴奋的.可知只有在"很累的时候",才舍得选择卧铺.故选B.(10)A 考查名词,句意:至于…,我们选择住在小而便宜的旅馆里。

七年级英语完形填空10篇

七年级英语完形填空10篇

七年级英语专项训练——完形填空(一)Li Yang is my friend. We __1__ in the same village and go to the same school, __2__ we don't go to school at the same time. Li Yang has a bike, but I __3__. It only takes her fifteen __4__ to get to school, but I need to walk __5__ half an hour. Her bike is red, and it looks very nice. I like __6__ very much and it's my dream to have a __7__ like hers.Now my dream __8__. Look! This is my new bike. I __9__ it from my father. He buys it for me on my birthday. I'm really __10__. Now I can ride my bike to school with Li Yang.1.A.run B.live C.play D.work2.A.or B.and C.but D.so3.A.don't B.can't C.do D.can4.A.hours B.years C.weeks D.minutes5.A.in B.for C.with D.at6.A.it B.them C.him D.her7.A.bike B.car C.bus D.subway8. es on B.comes true C.gets dressed D.thinks of9.A.get B.buy C.know D.find10.A.funny B.busy C.happy D.smart(二)It’s the day before school starts. Mum takes her three little boys, Jim, Bob and Tom, shopping for ___1___ and school things. There are so many people in the shopping centre. “Stay with me,” Mum says. But it doesn’t ___2___ a long time for her kids to go here and there.Jim would like a new shirt, but he doesn’t know his ___3___, so he asks for help. While his mother is trying to ask for a small shirt, Bob goes away. He is ___4___ and runs to buy three bottles of cola, because they are ___5___ sale. While Bob is ___6___ a pair of shoes, Mum can’t find Tom. He sees his classmate Jack ___7___, so he goes to talk with him. While Tom is ___8___ a schoolbag from different colours, Mum can’t find Jim and Bob, either. They drink too much cola and go to the bathroom.It’s seven when they get home. Mum is really ___9___. She gets a pen and then ___10___ one rule(规定) on the list of “Family Rules” —Shop with one boy each time.1. A. food B. presents C. drinks D. clothes2. A. cost B. take C. pay D. spend3. A. size B. colour C. favourite D. price4. A. hungry B. thirsty C. angry D. sad5. A. for B. in C. on D. at6. A. looking for B. looking out C. looking after D. looking into7. A. sadly B. quickly C. happily D. easily8. A. taking B. choosing C. showing D. finding9. A. silly B. lonely C. tired D. afraid10. A. collects B. gets C. says D. writes(三)Tim is my best friend.He is __1__ eleven-year-old boy from New York,the USA.He is tall and __2__ with short blonde hair.He is a lovely boy.When he smiles,he looks __3__ my favorite singer Shawn Mendes.Tim's mother is a __4__.She teaches English in a middle school.She is good at __5__ stories.Her classes often begin with an interesting story.All the students __6__ her classes.Tim's father works __7__ a cook(厨师) in a restaurant.In the restaurant,people can order many __8__ Chinese food.Of all the Chinese food.Tim likes dumplings __9__.He thinks they taste great.Tim's father likes __10__.When he is free,he often plays basketball with Tim.1.A.a B.an C.the D./2.A.short B.medium C.high D.thin3.A.at B.after C.like D.for4.A.teacher B.singer C.doctor D.farmer5.A.talking B.speaking C.saying D.telling6.A.forget B.miss C.enjoy D.join7.A.on B.as C.at D.to8.A.kind of B.kinds of C.lot of D.lots of9.A.good B.well C.best D.much10.A.tea B.movies C.sports D.food(四)Our art club has a trip(旅行) 1the zoo on Sunday.The zoo is far from our club.It takes 2about two hours to get there by bus.The zoo is big and beautiful.There are lots of animals in it.I take 3photos of the animals in the zoo.Now let me 4you my photos. Look at this photo.It is an eleven-year-old tiger.It is sleeping.Look!The elephants in that photo are 5to people.They’re from South Africa.They’re 6food.There are some monkeys in this photo.What are they 7?Oh,they’re climbing(爬) the trees.There are many bananas on the trees.Look at these 8.They are all about my favorite animals—pandas.They’re 9 cute,right?Where is the photo of the giraffe?Oh,it’s under the chair.The giraffe is taking a 10.Do you like these photos?You can choose(挑选) one of them if you like. ( )1.A.in B.to C.on D.from( )2.A.me B.you D.them( )3.A.many B.much C.any D.a( )4.A.look B.make C.have D.show( )5.A.friendly B.smart C.scary zy( )6.A.drinking B.cooking C.eating D.washing( )7.A.sleeping B.doing C.talking D.playing( )8.A.apples B.books C.photos D.trees( )9.A.only B.really C.quickly D.early( )10.A.class B.picture C.tea D.walk(五)the beach and listen to it." "OK, my dear!" says Mrs. Brown. "Mom, I1. A. friends B. family C. students D. teachers2. A. of B. about C. with D. on3. A. like B. want C. tell D. have4. A. lie B. work C. wash D. cross5. A. me B. him C. her D. us6. A. Why B. What C. Where D. How7. A. drawing B. reading C. swimming D. shopping8. A. eat B. do C. listen D. clean9. A. dancing B. relaxing C. cooking D. studying10. A. name B. fun C. place D. time(六)Ann is an 11-year-old girl. She likes music, and she can sing well. In her free time, she often sings for her friends. This term she wants to 1.the school music club. There are many students in the club. They think 2.can make them happy. Ann thinks so, too. And she wants to start a music club one day.Frank and Cindy are Ann's friends. Frank likes reading 3.storybooks are his favorite. He often 4.stories to his classmates after class. They enjoy listening to him. He also 5.stories. His stories are very interesting, so he has many fans(迷) in his 6.. His classmates all like to read his stories. Cindy is good at 7.. And she is in her school's art club: Next Friday, she will have an art show at the school art festival. She hopes all the students like her 8..These 3 friends are very nice. They are 9.children. Every weekend, they help at the children's home. Ann usually sings for them. Frank tellsthem stories. And Cindy teaches them 10.to draw well. All the children like them.1.A.start B.join C.call D.visit 2.A.music B.sports C.work D.art 3.A.but B.or C.because D.and 4.A.enjoys B.Makes C.Tells D.watches 5.A.remembers B.reads C.plays D.writes 6.A.class B.family C.office D.city 7.A.swimming B.dancing C.Singing D.drawing 8.A.clothes B.songs C.pictures D.stories 9.A.good at B.good for C.good with D.good on 10.A.where B.how C.why D.when(七)Today is Sunday,and Julie doesn't go to work.She goes to the supermarket in the early 1..She wants to buy lots of food to make lunch herself at home.After 2.in the supermarket,Julie comes back to the street and gets into her car to 3.home.When Julie is on her way home,she sees a 4.car behind hers.A man is driving the car.When she turns right,the yellow car 5.turns right.When she stops,the yellow car 6.,too.Why does the man follow Julie?It is not 7.for her to relax. Julieis afraid,so she drives 8.to the nearby police station.A young man is just standing 9.the police station.Julie is so 10.to see him because he is wearing a police uniform.Great!Julie jumps out of the car and 11.to him.She tells the policeman the 12.in the yellow car is a bad person.And she asks the policeman to arrest(逮捕) him at once(立刻). But the man doesn't run away 13.the policeman walks near him.He just smiles and 14.to the policeman,"I found this watch under the madam's car just now.I think it is 15.,and I just want to give it back to her."Julie feels sorry.She thanks the man and the policeman and then she leaves.1.A.morning B.afternoon C.evening D.night 2.A.eating B.Watching C.Shopping D.working 3.A.ride B.walk C.drive D.fly 4.A.yellow B.black C.red D.white 5.A.never B.also C.sometimes D.still 6.A.practices B.crosses C.comes D.stops 7.A.easy B.important C.Right D.difficult 8.A.early B.quickly C.slowly D.easily 9.A.on B.outside C.for D.over 10.A.strict B.sorry C.afraid D.happy 11.A.runs B.sings C.swims D.sells12.A.woman B.child C.Man D.student 13.A.because B.so C.if D.when 14.A.reads B.listens C.says D.writes 15.A.hers B.his C.yours D.mine(八)My name is Joe. I'm 13 years old. I study in a middle school. You want to know 1.I get to school, right? Well, I usually 2.home at about 7:00 a. m. and walk to the bus 3.. The school bus usually comes at 7:15 a. m.My school is 4., about 10 kilometers from my home. It 5.about 30 minutes to get there by bus. The bus ride is6.boring because I always talk to my classmates.I have some friends. Do you want to know 7.hobbies?I like music very much. There are many 8.in my school and I want to join the Music Club. My friend Lisa is a girl and she likes9.chess very much. She wants to join the Chess Club. Do you know Linda's hobby? Well, let me 10.you. Linda's favorite sport is jumping. 11.she doesn't want to join the Jumping Club. She wants to join the 12.Club. Why? Because she wants to be in the same club 13.me. David is 14.my friend. He likes English and he wants to join the English Club. He is 15.singing and hewants to join the Music Club, too.1.A.how B.when C.what D.where 2.A.get B.run C.go D.leave 3.A.number B.ride C.stop D.bridge 4.A.near B.far C.long D.short 5.A.is B.takes C.draws D.makes 6.A.always B.usually C.often D.never 7.A.our B.my C.their D.her 8.A.subjects B.games C.clubs D.jobs 9.A.joining B.playing C.Making D.working 10.A.ask B.speak C.tell D.talk 11.A.But B.Because C.And D.So 12.A.Chess B.Jumping C.English D.Music 13.A.to B.as C.for D.like 14.A.too B.also C.either D.all 15.A.good with B.good for C.good at D.good to(九)Yuan Longping, the "father of hybrid rice(杂交水稻之父)" was born in Beijing in 1930. He is a(n) 1scientist in China.Yuan Longping once said he had a 2— to "enjoy the cool under the rice crops taller than men". To make his dream come true, he spent all his life 3better rice. He worked very 4. He often went to the experimental field(试验田)and worked as a(n) "5". In the end, he developed the world's first high-yield hybrid rice strain in 1973, which helped many countries 6more rice than before.Yuan Longping was also kind and easy-going. He was 7our friend. He loved to talk with children and young people. In his free time, he liked listening to music 8he played the violin well. He 9 swimming and playing ball games, too. He was also good at English. He 10English when he met foreign(国外的) reporters.Yuan Longping passed away at the age of 91. It was 11that day. A lot of people took their umbrellas and came to say goodbye to 12.Drivers stopped their cars to show respect(尊重), and people on 13side of the street cried. They said, "Grandpa Yuan, we 14you a happy life in another world." The world will 15China's Yuan Longping as "Food Hero", and we will remember him forever.()1.A. young B. excellent C. lazy D. friendly ()2.A. rule B. job C. dream D. habit ()3.A. selling B. eating C. cooking D. studying ()4.A. hard B. easily C. luckily D. fast()5.A. singer B. actor C. farmer D. writer ()6.A. grow B. pay C. forget D. kill ()7.A. of B. like C. with D. from()8.A. or B. but C. and D. so()9.A. stopped B. missed C. finished D. enjoyed ()10.A. said B. told C. talked D. spoke ()11.A. windy B. cloudy C. rainy D. sunny ()12.A. me B. you C. them D. him ()13.A. each B. all C. both D. no()14.A. live B. wish C. think D. drive ()15.A. wake B. order C. remember D. worry(十)The weather is not the same in many places. In some places it is always 1, but in other places it is always wet. If the weather is too dry, the land will not be 2for animals or plants. In wet weather there is too much 3, and the water in rivers could 4crops(庄稼)away. So people won't have lots of 5to eat.In some other places the 6is very cold. There is always lots of snow. When it snows, all things look 7. In some hot places, some people may 8see snow in their life.In winter, days are short and 9are long. On cold winter nights, when there are no clouds 10 winds, the moon and the stars are very beautiful.People go out to see 11. When they come back to their houses, they are always 12to have hot coffee and nice cakes by the fire. Insummer, 13it is too hot to go out, people usually find a cool place to have a rest. They eat ice-cream or drink juice to make themselves 14cool. They can also go 15in the swimming pool. It's really relaxing.()1.1.A. cold B. dry C. warm D. hot ()2.A. bad B. clean C. terrible D. good()3.A. rain B. snow C. wind D. cloud()4.A. kill B. cut C. wash D. keep()5.A. drinks B. clothes C. books D. food()6.A. season B. weather C. way D. day ()7.A. blue B. red C. white D. black()8.A. usually B. always C. never D. sometimes ()9.A. nights B. mornings C. afternoons D. evenings ()10.A. so B. and C. or D. but()11.A. this B. these C. them D. it ()12.A. strict B. sorry C. happy D. afraid()13.A. why B. what C. where D. when()14.A. taste B. find C. smell D. feel()15.A. shopping B. boating C. fishing D. swimming。

经典初一(七年级)英语完形填空(50篇)

经典初一(七年级)英语完形填空(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.When a man was walking by some elephants,he suddenly stopped.He couldn't understand about that these(1)A animals were held only by a small rope tied to their front legs.No chains (链条),no cages.It was obvious that the elephants could (2)C their ropes at any time,(3)A for some reason,they did not.He saw a(4) nearby and asked why the animals just stood there and made no attempt (企图) to get away. "Well," the trainer said,"when they were very(5)C and much smaller,we used the(6)A rope to keep them from running away.At that age,it's enough to hold them.As they(7) up,they are conditioned to believe they cannot break the rope.They believe it can still hold them,so they(8)D try to break free."The man was amazed.These animals could break free(9) they wanted,but because they believed they(10)A,they were stuck (受困的) right where they were.How many of us go through life(11)A the elephants﹣holding onto the belief that we cannot do something (12)A because we failed at it once before?Failure is a(13)A of learning.If we failed once,it doesn't mean we can never (14)D.We should never give up(15)C when we face failures in life.(1)A.huge B.funny C.fat D.short(2)A.hold B.eat C.break D.tie(3)A.but B.so C.and D.because(4)A.helper B.trainer C.walker D.cleaner(5)A.happy B.rich C.young D.old(6)A.same B.different C.soft D.hard(7)A.eat B.grow C.stand D.give(8)A.always B.often C.usually D.never(9)A.whatever B.whenever C.however D.wherever(10)A.couldn't B.mustn't C.can't D.shouldn't(11)A.like B.as C.for D.on(12)A.simply B.really C.totally D.completely(13)A.way B.part C.form D.shape(14)A.expect B.go C.remember D.succeed(15)A.learning B.running C.trying D.travelling【分析】文通过大象和绳子之间的关系来告诉我们一个道理,我们不要因为之前的失败而放弃再次尝试,我们可以从失败中学到某些东西.【解答】(1)A.形容词辨析.A巨大的;B有趣的;C胖的;D短的;根据后面only by a small rope tied to their front legs,应该是不理解为什么这么大的动物一根小绳就把它系住了,故答案是A.(2)C.动词辨析.A握;B吃;C打破;D系;根据was obvious that the elephants could (2)their ropes at any time,及语境,可知很明显大象随时都可能折断绳索,故答案是C.(3)A.连词辨析.A但是;B所以;C和;D因为;根据上句很明显大象随时都可能折断绳索,这里后面说很多原因,它们没有这么做,表转折关系,故答案是A.(4)B.名词辨析.A助手;B训练者;C行人;D清洁工;根据下文," the trainer said,可知是训练者,故答案是B.(5)C.形容词辨析.A开心的;B富有的;C年轻的;D老的;根据后面much smaller,应该是年幼和更小时,故答案是C.(6)A.形容词辨析.A相同的;B困难的;C软的;D硬的;根据下文they are conditioned to believe they cannot break the rope他们习惯于相信自己不能断绳子,应该是相同的绳系住它们,故答案是A.(7)B.动词辨析.A吃;B生长;C站;D给;根据下句they are conditioned to believe they cannot break the rope他们习惯于相信自己不能断绳子,可知是长大后如此,故答案是B.(8)D.副词辨析.A总是;B经常;C通常;D从不;根据上句They believe it can still hold them,他们相信它还能拴住他们,所以应该是从未逃走,故答案是D.(9)B.副词辨析.A无论什么;B无论何时;C无论怎样;D无论在哪;根据上文描述,这时These animals could break free(9)they wanted,应该是这些动物只要他们想,随时都可以得到自由,故答案是B.(10)A.动词辨析.A不能;B不必;C不能;D不应该;根据because they believed they 时态是过去时,结合上文描述他们习惯于相信自己不能断绳子,这里应该是他们相信他们不能,故答案是A.(11)A.介词辨析.A像;B作为;C为;D在…上;根据语境,应该是我们中有多少人像大象一样度过一生,故答案是A.(12)A.副词辨析.A简单地;B真地;C总共;D完全地;根据上句我们中有多少人像大象一样度过一生,可知这里坚持认为我们不能做某件事仅仅是因为我们曾经失败过,故答案是A.(13)A.名词辨析.A方法;B部分;C表格;D形状;根据Failure is a(13)of learning 应该是失败是一种学习的方式,故答案是A.(14)D.动词辨析.A期待;B去;C记得;D成功;根据If we failed once,it doesn'tmean we can never 如果我们失败过一次,并不意味着我们永远不会﹣﹣,应该是成功,故答案是D.(15)C.动词辨析.A学习;B跑;C尝试;D旅行;根据后面when we face failures in life面对失败时,应该是不要放弃尝试,故答案是C.2.Many people like to keep dogs.They call their dogs "Baby" or other beautiful names,(1)C I call my dog "Little Kid".When I went to(2)his license(许可证),I met one of my friends.I told him I would like to have a license(3)D Little Kid and he said, "I'd like to have(4) for my kid (孩子),too. "Then I told him," But this is a dog."When I got married(结婚)and went on my honeymoon,I(5)A the dog with me.I told the hotel worker that I wanted a(6)C for my wife and me and a room for Little Kid.He asks," Why don't you and your kid(7)D in a room?" Then I said, "You don't understand.Little Kid is my dog.My wife doesn't(8)A him.When my wife and I separated(分开),we went to court(法庭).I said," Your Honor,I only want to have my Little Kid." The judge(法官)said," You are a good(9)A."Then I told him," Little Kid is my(10)C dog.He isn't my son."(1)A.and B.or C.but D.so(2)A.write down B.ask for C.look for D.put up(3)A.in B.with C.about D.for(4)A.it B.one C.him D.her(5)A.took B.helped C.had D.wanted(6)A.house B.family C.room D.desk(7)A.study B.play C.eat D.stay(8)A.like B.take C.help D.want(9)A.father B.mother C.wife D.husband(10)A.lucky B.brave C.favourite D.careful【分析】本文讲述了很多人喜欢养狗,而且他们喜欢称呼它们为自己的孩子,文章讲述了作者结婚的时候带自己的狗度蜜月,离婚的时候作者要求要自己的狗,法官还以是作者的孩子.【解答】1﹣5:CBDBA 6﹣10:CDAAC1.C 考查连词及语境的理解.A.and 和,又;B.or 或者;C.But但是;D.So因此,根据They call their dogs "Baby" or other beautiful names,(1)I call my dog "Little Kid".他们把他们的狗称为"宝宝"或其他美丽的名字,我叫我的狗"小孩".根据题意可知是表示转折关系,故选C.2.B 考查动词短语及语境的理解.A.write down 写下;B.ask for 询问;C.look for 寻找;D.put up张贴.根据下文I met one of my friends作者遇到了他的一个朋友,当我去询问她的许可证的时候.故选B.3.D 考查介词及语境的理解.A.in 在……里面;B.with 带有,据有;C.About大约;D.For为了.根据I told him I would like to have a license(3)Little Kid:我告诉他,我愿意有一个许可证为了这个小孩.表示为了……;故选D.4.B 考查代词及语境的理解.A.it 它;B.one 一个;C.him 他;D.Her她.根据下文too可知作者的朋友也愿意.他说:"我也愿意有一个为了我的孩子"故选B.5.A 考查动词及语境的理解.A.Took带去;B.helped 帮助;C.had 有;D.Wanted想要.根据When I got married(结婚)and went on my honeymoon,I(5)the dog with me.我结婚的时候(结婚)去度蜜月,我带我的狗一起去.根据动词短语take…to somewhere表示带某人去某地,故选A.6.C 考查名词及语境的理解.A.House房子;B.family 家庭;C.Room房间;D.Desk 桌子.根据前面 I told the hotel worker :因为在酒店要的是房,我告诉酒店工作人员,我想要一个我和我妻子和一个小孩的房间.故选C.7.D 考查动词及语境的理解.A.study 学习;B.play 玩;C.Eat吃;D.Stay保持.根据He asks," Why don't you and your kid(7)in a room?:你为什么不和你的孩子要一个房间呢?Stay with sb表示和某人呆在一起,故选D.8.A 考查动词及语境的理解.A.Like喜欢;B.take 花费;C.help 帮助;D.Want想要.根据:Little Kid is my dog.My wife doesn't(8)him:孩子就是我的小狗,我的妻子不…根据题意可知是妻子不喜欢.故选A.9.A 考查动词及语境的理解.A.Father父亲;B.mother 母亲;C.wife 妻子;D.Husband丈夫.根据上文I only want to have my Little Kid作者和妻子离婚只要孩子,所以法官说他是一个好的父亲.故选A.10.C 考查形容词及语境的理解.A.Lucky幸运的;B.brave 勇敢的;C.Favorite最喜欢的;D.Careful小心的.Little Kid is my(10)dog孩子是我…狗,不是我的儿子.根据题意可知作者最喜欢他的狗.故选C.3.How long can human beings live?Most scientists who study old age think that the human body is (1)A to live no longer than 120 years.However,110 years is probably the longest that anyone could hope to live —— if he or she is (2)D healthy and lucky.Some scientists even say we can live as long as 130 years!Yet,our cells simply cannot continue to reproduce (3)C.They wear out,and as a result,we get old and (4)A die.Even though we can’'t live forever,we are living a (5)life than ever before.In 1900,the average American life span was only 47 years,but today it is 75 years!When does old age begin then?Sixty﹣five may be out﹣of﹣date as the (6)D line between middle age and old age.After all,many older people don't begin to experience physical and mental (7)C until after age 75.People are living longer because more people (8)A childhood.Before modern medicine changed the laws of nature,many children died of common childhood(9)D.Now that thechances of dying (10) are much lower,the chances of living long are much higher due to better diets and health care.On the whole,our population is getting older.The(11)A in our population will have lasting effects on our social development and our way of life.Some people fear such changes will be for the worse,while some see (12),not disaster,many men and women in their “golden years” are healthy,still active,and young in (13)A if not in age.As the society grows old,we need the (14)C of our older citizens.With long lives ahead of them,they need to (15)D active and devoted.(1)A.designed B.selected C.improved D.discovered(2)pletely B.generally C.apparently D.extremely(3)A.rapidly B.harmlessly C.endlessly D.separately(4)A.eventually B.hopelessly C.automatically D.desperately(5)A.busier B.longer C.richer D.happier(6)A.finishing B.guiding C.waiting D.dividing(7)A.stress B.damage C.decline D.failure(8)A.survive B.enjoy C.remember D.value(9)A.problems B.fears C.worries D.diseases(10)A.poor B.young C.sick D.quiet(11)A.changes B.recovery C.safety D.increases(12)A.dreams B.chances C.strengths D.choices(13)A.mind B.appearance C.voice D.movement(14)A.protection B.suggestions C.contributions D.permission(15)A.sound B.appear C.turn D.stay【分析】本文是说明文。

[整合]初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)共50篇

[整合]初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)共50篇

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.When Jack met Charles on the street,Charles was asking for money to help his dog Big.Big was very(1)A.Doctor told Charles that he would let Big die,or he had to (2)A$2000 for Big's operation.Charles couldn't(3) Big.Big is (4)D to him,but he(5)C afford the operation.Charles,however,was not ready to (6) Big,and he wanted to do something to save Big's (7)A.Jack is a(8)C for an animal charity.He sent the story and a(9)A of Charles and Big on the Internet,and he asked people to (10)D money for Big.(11) a short time,dog lovers(12)C enough money.And Big soon (13)the operation.The doctor said Big would get (14)C in several weeks.Everyone was excited to hear the (15)D,especially Charles.He said he would take good care of Big and he wanted to be a volunteer,too.(1)A.sick B.strong C.clever D.pretty(2)A.pay B.spend C.cost D.take(3)A.get B.lose C.love D.give(4)A.nothing B.anything C.something D.everything(5)A.needn't B.shouldn't C.couldn't D.mustn't(6)A.put out B.give up C.hand out D.give out(7)A.life B.legs C.paws D.tail(8)A.doctor B.manager C.volunteer D.nurse(9)A.photo B.family C.future D.page(10).A.make B.borrow C.lend D.raise(11)A.At B.In C.Before D.To(12)A.lost B.showed C.collected D.cost(13)A.did B.had C.showed D.afforded(14)A.worse B.good C.better D.bad(15)A.advice B.plan C.programme D.news【分析】文章主要介绍了Charles的狗得了重病,他又无力给他治病,于是Jack 帮他发起了筹款,最后狗被救了的故事.【解答】(1)A.形容词辨析.A生病的;B强壮的;C聪明的;D漂亮的;根据下句Doctor told Charles that he would let Big die医生告诉 Charles Big将死,可知病了,故答案是A.(2)A.动词辨析.A付费;B花费;C花费;D花费;根据后面for Big's operation应该是为手术付费,故答案是A.(3)B.动词辨析.A得到;B失去;C爱;D给;根据上文提到Doctor told Charles that he would let Big die医生告诉 Charles Big将死,可知他不想失去Big,故答案是B.(4)D.代词辨析.A没有什么;B任何;C一些;D所有的;根据上句他不想失去Big,可知Big是他的一切,故答案是D.(5)C.动词辨析.A不需要;B不应该;C不能;D不必;根据上文$2000 for Big's operation可知这里应该是不能支付手术费用,故答案是C.(6)B.动词辨析.A扑灭;B放弃;C分发;D放出;根据下句and he wanted to do something to save Big's life想做一些拯救Big的生命,应该是不想放弃,故答案是B.(7)A.名词辨析.A生活;B腿;C爪子;D尾巴;根据and he wanted to do something to save Big's life想做一些拯救Big的生命,故答案是A.(8)C.名词辨析.A医生;B经理;C志愿者;D护士;根据后面animal charity动物慈善机构,应该是动物慈善机构的志愿者,故答案是C.(9)A.名词辨析.A照片;B家庭;C未来;D页;根据He sent the story and a (9)of Charles and Big on the Internet,应该是把故事和照片发到网上,故答案是A.(10)D.动词辨析.A使;B借;C借;D筹集;根据下文enough money有足够的钱,可知是筹集钱,故答案是D.(11)B.介词辨析.A 在…;B在…里;C在…之前;D到;根据题干,in a short time不久是固定短语,故答案是B.(12)C.动词辨析.A丢失;B展示;C收集;D花费;根据语境dog lovers(12)enough money应该是收集到了足够的钱,故答案是C.(13)B.动词辨析.A做;B有;C展示;D提供;根据上文钱够了,应该是不久Big做了手术,故答案是B.(14)C.形容词辨析.A更差;B好;C更好;D坏;根据上句说做了手术,这里The doctor said Big would get (14)in several weeks.应该是数周后会更好,故答案是C.(15)D.名词辨析.A建议;B计划;C程序;D消息;根据上句Big数周后会更好,听到这个消息应该是很兴奋,故答案是D.2.We live in a forest in Zambia(赞比亚).There aren't any(1)C next to us.And this community school is about an hour's drive from our home.It has 169 students(2)Grade 1 to Grade 7.There are four teachers in the school.They are (3)D and they teach students without getting any money.But sometimes students will give (4)A teachers some chicken and corn.There are over 30 languages in Zambia.(5)C is the most popular.(6)D of the students can speak English.There is no running water in the school and the water pump(水泵)is broken.Teachers and students can't(7)it for two months.So they have to (8)C their water from a nearby river.Students (9)C the grass and the school ground every day.Most children in Zambia go to community schools (10)other schools are too far for them to go.They like their school and they love their teachers.(1)A.restaurants B.palaces C.schools D.libraries(2)A.between B.from C.among D.in(3)A.workers B.doctors C.artists D.volunteers(4)A.their B.his C.her D.your(5).A.Chinese B.French C.English D.Japanese(6)A.Much B.Lot C.Few D.Most(7)A.fill B.use C.find D.make(8)A.send B.touch C.get D.borrow(9)A.raise B.cut C.clean D.choose(10)A.if B.because C.or D.so【分析】本文讲述了赞比亚的孩子家附近没有学校,要去社区学校上学.介绍了他们的语言,里面有志愿者给他们上课.还介绍了学校艰苦的生活,比如水泵坏了,需要去河里取水等一些学校生活状况.【解答】1﹣5:CBDAC 6﹣10:DBCCB1.C,考查名词,A.饭店B.宫殿;C.学校D.图书馆,根据And this community school is about an hour's drive from our home这个社区学校从家出发,开车一小时才能到达,可知是学校,故答案为C.2.B,考查介词,A.两者之间;B.从…C.三者及以上之中;D.在…里,根据题干,应该是固定短语from…to…从…到…,故选B.3.D,考查名词,A.工人;B.医生;C.艺术家;D.志愿者,根据后面they teach students without getting any money老师学生不收钱,可知是志愿者,故答案为D.4.A,考查代词,A.他们的B.他的C.她的D.你的;你们的,根据But sometimes students will give (4)teachers some chicken and corn语境学生给他们自己的老师带来鸡肉和谷物,故答案为A.5.C,考查名词,A.中文;B.法语;C.英语;D.日语,根据后面students can speak English能说英语,可知前面英语应该是最流行,故答案为C.6.D,考查形容词,A.很多,修饰不可数名词;B.许多,名词;C.几乎没有,修饰可数名词;D.最多的,根据前面English is the most popular英语最普遍,所以大部分学生讲英语,故答案为D.7.B,考查动词,A.填充;B.使用C.发现;D.使;根据根据the water pump(水泵)is broken水泵是坏的,所以师生们不能使用它了,所以用动词use使用,故答案为B.8.B,考查动词,A.发送 B.触摸 C.获取 D.借,根据语境So they have to (8)their water from a nearby river,前文说水泵坏了没水喝,所以不得不去附近的河里取水,动词用get获得,故答案为B.9.C,考查动词,A.提高;筹集 B.切;削 C.清理 D.选择,根据动词后的宾语是the grass and the school ground草和操场,可以说cut grass,但不能说cut the school ground,只能用clean清理,故答案为C.10.B,考查连词,A.如果;是否 B.因为 C.或者;D.所以,前文说到学生去社区学校上学,根据other schools are too far 别的学校太远,这句话表达的是原因,所以用连词because,故答案为B.3.There are always top students around us.Let's take Jenny as a(an)(1)D.As the monitor,she (2) a lot of time working for our class,but she (3)gets good grades in all subjects.How can she do that?Here is some of her (4)A. "Hard work is (5) the whole story.It's not (6)A you sit at the desk.It's what you do(7)A you are sitting."Some people like working late at night,while others like doing their work (8)D in the morning.No matter which way you use,try to do your best.Remember that studying comes(9)C entertainment(娱乐).When you are studying,phone calls should go unanswered,TV shows(10)C,snacks uneaten.Studying is(11)C in your mind,so nothing can pull you away from(12)D you are studying.Studying is like(13).You chew (咀嚼) it one bite at a time.You can plan what to do today,but don't do too much.On the other hand,you will not study well without a good (14)A.It's really important to plan your time well.Maybe she is (15)C,so why not have a try?(1)A.model B.student C.instruction D.example(2)A.takes B.spends C.costs D.pays(3)A.even B.still C.seldom D.also(4)A.advice B.news C.course D.tip(5)A.always B.not C.sometimes D.surely(6)A.how long B.how far C.how many D.how often(7)A.while B.after C.before D.till(8)A.alone B.lonely C.quickly D.early(9)A.with B.after C.before D.into(10)A.played B.listened C.unwatched D.unread(11)A.nothing B.something C.the only thing D.anything(12)A.how B.when C.why D.what(13)A.playing B.eating C.sleeping D.working(14)A.plan B.time C.day D.place(15)A.interesting B.bored C.right D.wrong【分析】这篇文章讲述了优秀学生Jenny就学习等给出的一些建议.【解答】(1)D.名词辨析.model模型;student 学生instruction 说明,指示example事例.根据Let's take Jenny as a(an)﹣可知take something as an example以…为例.故选:D.(2)B.动词辨析.takes花费;spends花费;costs 花费;pays支付.根据she ﹣a lot of time working for our class.可知spend time doing something花费时间做某事.故选:B.(3)B.副词辨析.even甚至;still仍然;seldom不经常,很少;also也.根据but she ﹣gets good grades in all subjects.可知当时她任然各科成绩很好.故选:C.(4)A.名词辨析.advice建议;news新闻;course课程;tip提示.根据Here is some of her ﹣这是她的一些建议.故选:A.(5)B.副词辨析.always总是;not不;sometimes有时;surely一定.根据Hard work is ﹣ the whole story.可知努力学习不是全部故事.故选:B.(6)A.疑问词辨析.how long多久;how far多远;how many多少;how often多久一次.根据 It's not ﹣ you sit at the desk.可知不是你在书桌前坐了多久.故选:A.(7)A.连接辨析while当…的时候;after在…之后;before在…之前;till直到.根据It's what you do﹣you are sitting.而是当你你坐下之后做了什么,这是while引导的时间状语从句.故选:A.(8)D.副词辨析.alone单独地;lonely孤独地;quickly迅速地;early早地.根据 late at night,可知对应early in the morning.故选:D.(9)C.介词辨析.with带有;after之后;before之前;into进入.根据Remember that studying comes﹣ entertainment.记住学习一定在娱乐之前.故选:C.(10)C.动词辨析、played玩;listened听;unwatched未被观看的;unread未被读的.根据phone calls should go unanswered,TV shows﹣,snacks uneaten.学习上电话不接;电视节目不看,零食不吃.故选:C.(11)C.不定代词辨析.nothing没有;something 某事the only thing 唯一的事;anything 任何事.根据Studying is﹣ in your mind.学习是你思维中唯一的事.故选:C.(12)D.连接词辨析.how怎么;when当…的时候;why为什么;what…的.根据so nothing can pull you away from﹣you are studying.所以没有什么能够把你从正在学习的东西中拉出来.what引导宾语从句,做studying的宾语.故选:D.(13)B.动名词辨析.playing玩;eating 吃;sleeping睡;working工作.根据You chew (咀嚼) it one bite at a time.你每次只能咬一口可知是吃东西.故选:B.(14)A.名词辨析.plan计划;time时间;day天;place地方.根据You can plan what to do today可知你没有计划是学不好的.故选:A.(15)C.形容词辨析.interesting有趣的;bored厌烦的;right对的;wrong错的.根据Maybe she is﹣,so why not have a try?可能她是对的,为什么不试一下?故选:C.4.Are there homeless people on the streets in your city? If there are some, how do they(1)C their stomachs every day?Where do they sleep?Now let me tell you about my own experience.When I was younger,I knew my parents had trouble with(2)A.We would go towork and eat at a soup kitchen four nights a week.One day, a new man walked into the soup kitchen and asked me(3)C my name was and where I lived.I told him my name was Angela and gave him our(4).Then he (5)D and I didn't see him any more.Later that night on our way home, my mom started (6). I asked her what was(7)A.She told me(8)C that the rent (租金)on our flat would go up and that my grandma died.As we went into our(9)D, she asked me to take the mail from the mailbox. The only thing Ifound(10)was one envelope. As I walked back in, a familiar (熟悉的) man called me back and said that I left(11)C in our mailbox.I reached in and took out a second envelope.I bought the envelopes up to my mom. She opened the(12)A one and found our first rent bill I looked at the second envelope and saw this:Dear Angela and FamilyLove,Your FriendI gave it to my mom with shaking hands and asked her to open it for(13)D.Later we found several hundred﹣dollar bills in the second envelope. We couldn't help crying.I had a feeling I knew who it was from,(14)C I didn't want to tell my mom. What happened,of course,(15)D me deeply.What a good﹣hearted man I met!(1)A. train B. cure C. fill D. improve(2)A. money B. knowledge C. work D. business(3)A. how B. who C. what D. why(4)A. background B. address C. experience D. situation(5)A. flew B. slept C. sang D. left(6)A. pushing B. crying C. laughing D. dancing(7)A. wrong B. right C. hard D. easy(8)A. happily B. quietly C. sadly D. carefully(9)A. website B. park C. town D. flat(10)A. outside B. inside C. over D. under(11)A. anything B. nothing C. something D. everything(12)A. first B. second C. third D. fourth(13)A. me B. her C. myself D. herself(14)A. so B. or C. but D. and(15)A. supported B. harmed C. saved D. touched【分析】文章主要描述了作者家境贫困,受到一名男子资助的故事.【解答】(1)C.动词辨析.A训练;B治愈;C填满;D提高;根据后面Where do they sleep?住在哪儿?前面应该是如何添满我们的胃,故答案是C.(2)A.名词辨析.A钱;B知识;C工作;D生意;根据下句We would go to work and eat at a soup kitchen four nights a week.我们每周四个晚上都会去厨房工作和吃饭.可知当我小的时候,我知道我父母在钱上有困难,故答案是A.(3)C.疑问词辨析.A怎样;B谁;C什么;D为什么;根据asked me(3)my name 应该是问我的名字是什么,故答案是C.(4)B.名词辨析.A背景;B地址;C经历;D情况;根据上文where I lived.还问住在哪儿,这里应该是告诉他我们的地址,故答案是B.(5)D.动词辨析.A飞;B睡觉;C唱歌;D离开;根据下句I didn't see him any more.没再看见他,应该是他离开了,故答案是D.(6)B.动词辨析.A推;B哭;C笑;D跳舞;根据下文the rent (租金)on our flat would go up and that my grandma died.我们公寓的租金会上涨,我奶奶也去世了.可知妈妈哭了,故答案是B.(7)A.形容词辨析.A错误的;B正确的;C难的;D容易的;根据上句妈妈开始哭,应该是问怎么了?What's wrong?怎么了是固定句型,故答案是A.(8)C.副词辨析.A开心地;B安静地;C伤心地;D小心地;根据下句the rent (租金)on our flat would go up and that my grandma died.我们公寓的租金会上涨,我奶奶也去世了.应该是伤心地说,故答案是C.(9)D.名词辨析.A网页;B公园;C城镇;D公寓;根据上文the rent (租金)on our flat would go up 我们公寓的租金会上涨,应该是进入公寓,故答案是D.(10)B.介词辨析.A外面;B里面;C在…上方;D在…下方;根据语境,应该是里面有封信,故答案是B.(11)C.代词辨析.A任何的;B没有什么;C一些;D所有的;根据后面I reached in and took out a second envelope.又拿出第二个信封,应该是信箱里放了一些东西,故答案是C.(12)A.数词辨析.A第一;B第二;C第三;D第四;根据上文可知有两个信封,后面looked at the second envelope 看着第二个信封,这里应该是打开第一个,故答案是A.(13)D.代词辨析.A我;B她;C我自己;D她自己;根据I gave it to my mom with shaking hands and asked her to open it for我把它给我妈妈,应该是让她自己打开,故答案是D.(14)C.连词辨析.A所以;B或者;C但是;D和;根据I had a feeling I knew who it was from,(14)I didn't want to tell my mom.前面说知道来自哪儿,后面说不想告诉妈妈,表转折关系,故答案是C.(15)D.动词辨析.A支持;B伤害;C节省;D感动;根据上文发生的一切,可知me deeply.应该是常常地感动了我,故答案是D.5.All the students were playing outside after lunch except Karen,Judy and me."Look,I found some pieces of chalk this morning. "Karen (1)C up a box."Wow !It would be fun to write on the blackboard,"Judy said." (2)A Mrs Eiffler doesn't allow us to do that, " I said in a low voice."Don't be (3)D,Janet.No one will ever know, "said Karen.And they were quickly writing on the blackboard.I didn't really want to do that,but I(4) my friends.I knew that we were(5)A class rule.Then Judy had an(6)C."Let's see who can write their names best using their left hands."Judy and Karen started writing.I picked up a(7)A piece of chalk and wrote my Name."Now we'd better get this board clean(8)D Mrs Eiffler comes back, "said Judy.And she began cleaning the board.(9) came off…but my name!Then I found I had used a white wax(蜡)crayon."Quick,let's get a(10)C towel ! "said Judy.But my name was(11)D on the blackboard."I think we can use a knife to clean it off." I said.We cleaned the blackboard with he knife and my name came off,but we(12) some scratches on it.Mrs Eiffler never (13)A about the scratches or maybe she never noticed them.But I did."No one will ever know"is(14)D true.Even if no one else(15)out,I knew about it.Sometimes,our punishment (惩罚) for doing something bad is that we have to live with a guilty conscience(内疚感)(1)A looked B.filled C.held D.mixed(2)A.But B.And C.So D.If(3)A.angry B.shy C.lazy D.afraid(4)A.watched B.joined C.supported D.prevented(5)A.breaking B.following C.changing D.making(6)A.instruction B.information C.idea D.interest(7)A.white B.yellow C.red D.blue(8)A.if B.when C.after D.before(9)A.Something B.Everything C.Nothing D.Anything(10)A.waste B.clean C.wet D.soft(11)A.clearly B.already C.really D.still(12)A.drew B.left C.wrote D.saw(13)A.asked B.discussed C.thought D.heard(14)A.asked B.always C.sometimes D.never(15)A.worked B.found C.came D.checked【分析】作者和小伙伴违反班级规定在黑板上写字,后来在擦黑板时却发现是用蜡笔写的,难以清除,最后用小刀刮掉了,但是在黑板上留下了刮痕.老师虽然没有问过或注意到刮痕,但是作者却感到很内疚.【解答】1.C.考查动词(短语).looked看;filled填充;held举起;mixed混合.据上文"I found some pieces of chalk this morning"可知,今早我发现了一些粉笔头,凯伦举起一个盒子.hold up举起.故选C.2.A.考查连词.But但是;And并且;So因此;If如果.根据上文"It would be fun to write on the blackboard"可知,在黑板上写字会很有趣,但是埃弗勒夫人不允许我们这样做.故选A.3.D.考查形容词.angry生气的;shy害羞的;lazy懒惰的;afraid害怕的.根据上文"Mrs Eiffler doesn't allow us to do that"可知,埃弗勒夫人不允许我们这样做,于是凯伦安慰我:"不要害怕."故选D.4.B.考查动词.watched观看;joined加入;supported支持;prevented阻止.根据上文"I didn't really want to do that"可知,实际上我不想那样做,但是我加入了朋友的行列.故选B.5.A.考查动名词.breaking打破;following遵守;changing改变;making制作.根据上文"Mrs Eiffler doesn't allow us to do that"可知,埃弗勒夫人不允许我们这样做,我知道我们在破坏班级规定.故选A.6.C.考查名词.instruction教导;information信息;idea观点(主意);interest兴趣根据下文"Let's see who can write their names best using their left hands"可知,朱迪有了一个主意,让我们看看谁用左手把自己的名字写得最好看.故选C.7.A.考查形容词.white白色的;yellow黄色的;red 红色的;blue蓝色的.根据下文"Then I found I had used a white wax(蜡)crayon"可知,我发现自己使用的是一支白色蜡笔,故知这里用的是白色的"粉笔",即我捡起一支白色粉笔,写下我的名字.故选A.8.D.考查连词.if如果;when当……的时候;after在……之后;before在……之前.根据语境可知,现在我们最好在埃弗勒夫人进来之前把这块黑板擦干净.故选D,9.B.考查代词.Something某个事物;Everything每个事物(一切);Nothing没有什么;Anything任何事物.根据下文"Then I found I had used a white wax(蜡)crayon"可知,因为我的名字是用白色蜡笔写的,所以所有东西都擦掉了……除了我的名词.故选B.10.C.考查形容词.waste废弃的;clean清洁的;wet 湿漉漉的;soft柔软的.根据上文"(9)came off…but my name"可知,因为我的名字还在黑板上,所以朱迪建议:"让我们那一块湿毛巾."故选C.11.D.考查副词.clearly清楚地;already已经;really真地;still仍然.根据上文"Then I found I had used a white wax(蜡)crayon"可知,名字是用白色蜡笔写的,所以用湿毛巾没有擦掉,它仍然在黑板上.故选D.12.B.考查动词.drew绘画;left留下;wrote写;saw看到.根据上文"We cleaned the blackboard with his knife and my name came off"可知,我们用他的小刀清理了黑板,所以在黑板上留下了一些刮痕.故选B.13.A.考查动词.asked询问;discussed讨论;thought思考;heard听到.根据语境可知,埃弗勒太太从没问过刮痕的事情,也许她从没注意到.故选A.14.D.考查动词.asked询问;always总是;sometimes 有时;never从不.根据下文"Even if no one else(15)out,I knew about it"可知,"没人知道"这个说法从不是真实的,即使其他人没发现,我却知道.故选D.15.B.考查动词.worked工作(攻克);found发现;came出现;checked检查.根据语境可知,即使其他人没发现,我却知道.故选B.6.Once there was a woman whose only son had died.In her sorrow (悲痛)she went to ask a wise man(1) there was a way to bring her son back to life. "Bring me a mustard seed (芥菜籽)from a home that has never known sorrow.I will use it to help you," he said to her,(2)D sending her away or trying to persuade her that there was hope.At once she (3)A to look for that mustard seed.The first (4)C she came to was a huge building.Knocking on the door,she said,"I'm (5) a house that has never known suffering.Is this the place?It's very (6)A to me.""You have come to the (7)C place," they told her,and began to pour out all the sad things that had happened to (8)."Who is better able to share the sadness these poor people have suffered than I,who have experienced sadness?" she thought.(9)D she stayed there and comforted them(10)C setting off again to look for a house that had never known sorrow.The woman went on,full of (11)A,and came across a(12)D on the road.She asked the farmer the same question,but unluckily he also said no.Wherever she went,from huts (茅屋) to huge buildings,there was no one without tales of (13)C.She came to be so (14)listening to other people's sad stories that she (15)A about looking for the mustard seed.Listening to the sorrow of others had driven the sorrow from her own heart.(1)A.that B.whether C.because D.where(2)A.proud of B.because of C.full of D.instead of(3)A.set off B.took off C.put off D.went off(4)A.expression B.memory C.place D.chance(5)A.caring for B.looking for C.paying for D.leaving for(6)A.important B.strange C.fair D.common(7)A.different B.right C.wrong D.certain(8)A.it B.them C.him D.her(9)A.However B.While C.Though D.So(10)A.unless B.after C.before D.until(11)A.hope B.pleasure C.regret D.fear(12)A.factory B.palace C.sign D.hut(13)A.happiness B.endings C.sadness D.promises(14)A.disappointed B.busy C.happy D.free(15)A.forgot B.cared C.worried D.found【分析】这篇短文告诉我们:曾经有一个女人,她唯一的儿子死了,她伤心,她去问一个聪明的人是否有办法让她的儿子起死回生.这位智者让她到一家去找一粒没有悲伤的芥菜种子.那女人满怀希望地继续走着,遇到一间没有悲伤的小屋,她忙着听别人讲的悲伤故事,忘了找芥末籽,听着别人的悲伤,把悲伤从自己的心里赶了出来.【解答】(1)B.考查连词及语境的理解,that引导宾语从句,没有意义,只起连接作用;whether是否;because因为,where哪里,根据上文可知这里表示疑惑:她去问一个聪明的人,是否有办法让她的儿子起死回生.故选:B.(2)D.考查词组辨析,be proud of对…感到自豪;because of因为;be full of充满…;instead of代替,而不是;根据上文Bring me a mustard seed (芥菜籽) from a home that has never known sorrow.I will use it to help you.可知:这位智者让她到一家去找一粒没有悲伤的芥菜种子.用这粒种子来帮助你.由此可以推断出:这位智者而不是把她赶走或试图说服她还有希望.故选:D.(3)A.考查词组辨析,set off动身去…,take off脱下,put off推迟,go off走开去,根据下文she thought so she stayed there and comforted them before setting off again to look for a house that had never known sorrow.可知这里应该用:她立刻动身去找芥菜种子.故选:A.(4)C.考查名词及语境的理解,expression表达,memory记忆,place地方,chance机会,结合句意:她来到的第一个地方是一座巨大的建筑物.故选:C.(5)B.考查动词词组,care for喜欢,照顾;look for寻找;pay for支付;leave for前往…,根据上文At once she set off to look for that mustard seed.可知这里指:我在找一所从未经历过苦难的房子.故选:B.(6)A.考查形容词及语境的理解,important重要的,strange奇怪的,fair公平的,common普通的,根据文章开头Once there was a woman whose only son had died.In her sorrow (悲痛) she went to ask a wise man whether there was a way to bring her son back to life…可知:这个地方对她很重要.她想让她儿子起死回生.故选:A.(7)C.考查形容词及语境的理解,different不同的,right正确的,wrong错误的,certain 一定的,根据下文they told her,and began to pour out all the sad things that had happened to them.可知:她来错地方了.故选:C.(8)B.考查代词辨析,it它,them他们,him他,her她,结合句意:"你来错地方了,"他们告诉她,开始倾诉他们遭遇的一切不幸.主语they的宾语为them,故选:B.(9)D.考查连词及语境的理解,however然而,while虽然,当…的时候,though尽管,so因此,根据前后句可知这里表示原因关系,结合句意:"谁能比那些经历过悲伤的人更能分担这些不幸的人的悲伤呢?"她想,于是她就在那里安慰他们,然后又出发去找一个从未见过的悲伤的房子.故选:D.(10)C.考查连词及语境的理解,unless如果不,after之后,before在…之前,until直到,根据上下文可知:她先安慰这家人,后再出发找一个从未见过悲伤的房子.故选:C.(11)A.考查名词及语境的理解,hope希望,pleasure乐趣,regret懊悔,fear害怕,根据上下文可知:那女人满怀希望地继续走着,遇到一间带有悲伤的小屋.故选:A.(12)D.考查名词及语境的理解,factory工厂,palace宫殿,sign标志,hut小屋,根据上文I'm looking for a house that has never known suffering.可知这里指:那女人满怀希望地继续走着,遇到一间带有悲伤的小屋.故选:D.(13)C.考查名词及语境的理解,happiness高兴,endings结束,sadness悲伤,promises 承诺,根据下文She came to be so busy listening to other people's sad stories that she forgot about looking for the mustard seed.可知这里指:那女人满怀希望地继续走着,遇到一间带有悲伤的小屋.故选:C.(14)B.考查形容词及语境的理解,disappointed失望的,busy繁忙的,happy高兴的,free自由的,结合句意:她忙着听别人讲的悲伤故事,忘了找芥末籽,听着别人的悲伤,把悲伤从自己的心里赶了出来.故选:B.(15)A.考查动词及语境的理解,forget忘记,care 在意,worry担心,find找到,结合句意:她忙着听别人讲的悲伤故事,忘了找芥末籽,听着别人的悲伤,把悲伤从自己的心里赶了出来.forget about sth.忘记某事,故选:A.7.My dream home is very big and clean.It is near the(1).I can watch the sea and.(2)A volleyball on the beach.My grandparents live(3)C us in the big house.(4)A room is(5)the first floor.I always chat with them and help them(6)C some housework on the weekend.On the(7)D floor,there is a kitchen and a dining room.All the family(8)will have dinner there.My bedroom,study and bathroom are on the third floor.There is a big balcony in my bedroom.I can play games,read books and chat(9)C my friends there.The furniture(家具)in my house is all made of wood.It is good(10)D my health.I like(11)A to music while reading books in my bedroom.I always ask my friends(12)C here.My parents' room is on the fourth floor.It's(13)A very big and clean.There is a big and nice garden behind the big house.There are many flowers and(14)tall trees in it.In summer,I can sit under the trees with my family.Behind the garden,there is a swimming pool.I can(15)A freely in it.I think it is very comfortable to live in my dream home.(1)A.river B.sea C.ground D.school(2)A.play B.to play C.play the D.play with(3)A.at B.for C.with D.of(4)A.Their B.Her C.Our D.Your(5)A.in B.on C.with D.of(6)A.does B.doing C.do D.is doing(7)A.fourth B.third C.first D.second(8)A.pets B.members C.things D.animals(9)A.of B.about C.with D.on(10)A.at B.to C.with D.for(11)A.listening B.leading C.withing D.doing(12)A.to look for B.to clean C.to come D.to leave(13)A.also B.too C.either D.but(14)A.few B.a few C.little D.a little(15)A.swim B.dance C.read D.run【分析】本文叙述了作者理想中的家园,是一个带有一个花园的在海边的大房子,有四层楼,父母、祖父母都住在一起,自己有独立的房间,可以玩游戏、读书还可以和朋友一起聊天.花园后有一个游泳池,可以在里面游泳.【解答】1.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A.river河水;B.sea海洋;C.ground地面;D.school学校.我的梦想的家在海洋附近.根据I can watch the sea 可知这里指的是海洋,故选B.2.A 考查动词及语境的理解.我可以看海和在海滩打篮球.play with sb和某人一起玩.这里play +球类运动,故选A.3.C 考查介词及语境的理解.我的祖父母和我们住在一个大的房子里.这里是短语live with sb 和某人一起.故选C.4.A 考查代词及语境的理解.A.Their他们的;B.Her她的;C.Our我们的;D.Your 你的.他们的房间是在一楼.这里指的是祖父母的,所以应该用their,故选A.5.B 考查介词及语境的理解.他们的房间是在一楼.在某层楼上,应该用介词on,故选B.6.C 考查动词及语境的理解.我总是和他们聊天,在周末帮助他们做一些家务.这里是短语help sb do sth帮助某人做某事.故选C.7.D 考查序数词及语境的理解.A.fourth第四;B.third第三;C.first第一;D.second第二.在二楼有厨房和餐厅.根据下文My bedroom ,study and bathroom are on the third floor.可知这里叙述的是二楼的情况,故选D.8.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A.pets宠物;B.members成员;C.things东西;D.animals动物.我们的家庭成员在那里吃饭.根据上文可知这里指的是家里的成员,故选B.9.C 考查介词及语境的理解.我可以和我的朋友玩游戏、读书和聊天.这里是短语chatwith sb和某人聊天,故选C.10.D 考查介词及语境的理解.它对我们的身体健康都是有益的.这里是固定短语be good for对……有益.故选D.11.A 考查动名词及语境的理解.A.listening听;B.leading领导;C.withing,with是介词不能加ing;D.doing做.在我的房间里读书的时候我喜欢听音乐.这里是短语like doing喜欢做某事;故选A.12.C 考查动词不定式及语境的理解.A.to look for寻找;B.to clean擦干净;C.to come来;D.to leave离开.我请求我的朋友来这里.这里是短语ask sb to do sth请某人做某事.根据句意故选C.13.A 考查副词及语境的理解.A.also也,用于句中;B.too也,用于肯定句或疑问句;C.either也,用于否定句;D.but但是.它也是很大很干净的.根据这里的空格在句中所以用also,故选A.14.B 考查形容词及语境的理解.A.few几个;B.a few一些;C.little很少;D.a little 有点.有许多花和一些高树在花园里.A few修饰可数名词.故选B.15.A 考查动词及语境的理解.A.swim游泳;B.dance跳舞;C.read读;D.run 跑.我可以在泳池里游泳.根据Behind the garden,there is a swimming pool.可知这里应该指的游泳,故选A.8.Once there lived two brothers.The elder was called Simon and the younger Victor.They (36)C each other very much,and always took care of one another.Every day they worked from morning(37)A night,getting as much grain(谷物) as possible from their fields.One late autumn evening,after their work in the(38)was done,Simon said to his wife,"Victor got married last month.He has many bills(账单) to pay.I think I will put a bag of rice in his barn(谷仓).""Oh,that's a good idea,"said his wife."But please don't tell him,"said Simon,"If he knows I put the rice there,he will(39)A take it."So,late that night Simon took a bag of rice to Victor's barn.The next day,while looking at his own barn,he found(40)D strange."I took a bag of rice to Victor's house last night,(41)C I still have the same number of bags in my barn.(42)A did that happen?" Simon decided to take another bag of rice to his brother's barn that night.But the next morning,he found the(43)D number of bags in his barn again!"This is very strange,"he thought.That night he(44)D again.He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder; and walked down the road to his younger brother's house.In the bright moonlight,he could see another (45) coming down the road.He was carrying something on his(46) too."Younger Brother!"Simon cried,"What are you doing?""I was (47)D you,Older Brother,"said Victor,"Your family is(48)C than mine.I thought you needed more rice."The two brothers quickly(49)that they had been taking rice to each other.They(50)A what had happened."It is good to have a。

〖经典〗初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)(50篇)

〖经典〗初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Chinese paper cutting(中国剪纸) is a kind of folk art(民间艺术).People use scissors or knives to cut(1) into different pictures. In the past, these cut﹣outs were used to decorate (2)D so they were also called "window flowers" in Chinese.This art form has a(an)(3)C history.The cut﹣outs were(4)A used as patterns(纸样) for embroideries(刺绣品) in the 6th century. Later, paper cutting became an(5)C form of Chinese fork art.Today, paper cuttings are usually made with colour paper. They(6) used to decorate walls windows,doors,mirrors,lanterns and so on.And these(7)designed artworks can " also be given to each other as (8)D.Paper cuttings show people's best (9).For example,at a wedding there must be piece of (10)A paper cutting with the Chinese character"囍".At a birthday party of a (n)(11)D paper cutting with the Chinese character"寿"are often seen.During the Spring Festival,you can see cutting with the Chinese character"福"(12)C.For over a thousand years, Chinese people have created many kinds of paper cutting.This tradition art form is still (13)D to this day.(14)A you like paper cuttings, you can learn to make it. Just need a pair of (15)D.And some paper.It's not difficult but needs a lot of practice.(1)A. cloth B. paper C. cards D. ropes(2)A.walls B. doors C. mirrors D. windows(3)A. interesting B. new C. long D. recorded(4)A. first B. last C. still D. nearly(5)A. meaningful B. popular C. important D. different(6)A./B. are C. were D. can(7)A. careful B. carefully C. careless D. carelessly(8)A. skills B. tools C. wishes D. gifts(9)A. condition B. wishes C. plan D. dreams(10)A. red B. yellow C. blue D. colourful(11)A. active B. healthy C. young D. elderly(12)A. somewhere B. anywhere C. everywhere D. nowhere(13)A. useful B. right C. different D. popular(14)A. If B. As C. Because D. Though(15)A. hands B. gloves C. glasses D. scissors【分析】文章主要介绍了中国的剪纸的起源、发展和流行.【解答】(1)B.名词辨析.A布;C纸;C卡片;D绳子;根据上文Chinese paper cutting(中国剪纸),肯定是把纸剪成不同的图片,故答案是B.(2)D.名容词辨析.A墙;B门;C镜子;D窗户;根据后面window flowers,可知贴在窗户上,故答案是D.(3)C.形容词辨析.A有趣的;B新的;C长的;D有记录的;根据后面embroideries (刺绣品) in the 6th century.可知历史悠久,故答案是C.(4)A.副词辨析.A第一;B最后;C仍然;D几乎;根据后面Later之后,可知开始是做刺绣品的纸样,故答案是A.(5)C.形容词辨析.A有意义的;B流行的;C重要的;D不同的;根据an,可知要用首字母发音是元音音素的单词,只能选C,句意后来,剪纸成为中国民间艺术的一种重要形式.故答案是C.(6)B.动词辨析.根据前面Today可知时态是一般现在时,be used to do sth被用来做某事,主语they后面要用are,故答案是B.(7)B.副词辨析.A认真的;B认真地;C粗心的;D粗心地;根据题干,修饰动词要用副词,应该是这些精心设计的艺术品,故答案是B.(8)D.名词辨析.A技巧;B工具;C愿望;D礼物;根据这些精心设计的艺术品互相赠送,应该是作为礼物来互相赠送,故答案是D.(9)B.名词辨析.A条件;B愿望;C计划;D梦想;根据后面"囍,寿"等,可知展示人们最好的祝愿,故答案是B.(10)A.形容词辨析.A红色;B黄色;C蓝色;D五颜六色的;根据囍可知是红色的,故答案是A.(11)D.形容词辨析.A活泼的;B健康的;C年轻的;D年纪较大的;根据后面寿,应该是老人,故答案是D.(12)C.代词辨析.A某地;B任何地方;C到处;D无处;根据During the Spring Festival,you can see cutting with the Chinese character"福"春节期间,福字到处都能看见,故答案是C.(13)D.形容词辨析.A有用的;B正确的;C不同的;D流行的;根据This tradition art form is still (13)to this day及常识,可知这项传统现在仍然很流行,故答案是D.(14)A.连词辨析.A如果;B作为;C因为;C虽然;根据你喜欢剪纸,你可以学着做,表假设,故答案是A.(15)D.名词辨析.A手;B手套;C眼镜;D剪刀;根据常识,学习剪纸,肯定需要剪刀和纸,故答案是D.2.If you are asked to recite (吟诵)lines of poetry that have the Chinese character "hua" which means "flower".How many lines could you recite?He Liran,a 13﹣year﹣old girl,had to take on this(1)D on a TV show held by Shandong TV.He Liran,a student from the Harvin No.163 Middle School(2)Heilongjiang Province,competed with over 100 other students.The competitors(3)C to recite lines of poetry that had the word "hua",with He Liran replying to each one.In the end,He Liran(4),reciting more than 60 out of the 127 lines in the competition.Her love of reading helped her win.Her father started reading to her (5)A she was just 4 years old.(6)D has been a bookworm (书虫) ever since.She is especially(7)in ancient poetry."The beautiful lines they feature refresh my thought and inspire (启发)me a lot.For example,I love Su Shi's(8)C.His optimism (乐观) influences me a lot," she said.Though she is busy with her schoolwork,she(9)A some time studying at least one poem each day.She thinks ancient poetry is still(10)C,even in modern times.Poems can be part of our daily life.(1)A.risk B.truth C.way D.challenge(2)A.on B.in C.at D.with(3)A.took down B.took place C.took turns D.took away(4)A.failed B.won C.cried D.left(5)A.when B.because C.if D.unless(6)A.I B.You C.He D.She(7)A.bored B.interested C.excited D.worried(8)A.paintings B.novels C.poems D.presents(9)A.spends B.takes C.pays D.costs(10)A.easy B.useless C.important D.boring【分析】这篇文章讲述了一个叫何丽然的女孩喜欢古诗,并在诗词大会上获胜的事.【解答】(1)D.名词辨析.risk危险;truth事实;way方法;challenge挑战.根据had to take on this﹣on a TV show 可知参加电视节目挑战.故选:D.(2)B.介词辨析.on在上面;in在里面;at在;with带有.根据Harvin No.163 Middle School﹣Heilongjiang Province.可知哈尔滨163中学在黑龙江省内.故选:B.(3)C.动词短语辨析.took down拒绝;took place发生;took turns轮流;took away带走.根据The competitors﹣ to recite lines of poetry.可知参赛者轮流背诵诗歌.故选:C.(4)B.动词辨析.failed失败;won获胜;cried哭;left离开.根据下文Her love of reading helped her win.可知何丽然获胜.故选:B.(5)A.从属连词辨析.when当…的时候;because因为;if如果;unless除非.根据Her father started reading to her ﹣she was just 4 years old.可知当她4岁的时候,她的父亲给他读诗.可知这是when引导的时间状语从句.故选:A.(6)D.代词辨析.I我;You你;He他;She她.根据He Liran,a 13﹣year﹣old girl.可知何丽然是一个女孩,用she指代.故选:D.(7)B.形容词辨析.bored厌烦的;interested有趣的;excited兴奋的;worried担心的.根据She is especially﹣in ancient poetry.可知她对古诗感兴趣.be interested in对某事感兴趣.故选:B.(8)C.名词辨析.paintings油画;novels小说;poems诗歌;presents礼物.根据I love Su Shi's﹣可知我喜欢苏轼的诗.故选:C.(9)A.动词辨析.spends花费;takes花费时间;pays支付;costs花费.根据she﹣some time studying at least one poem each day.她每天花一些时间至少学习一首诗歌.spend time doing something花时间做某事.故选:A.(10)C.形容词辨析.easy容易的;useless无用的;important重要的;boring令人厌烦的.根据下句Poems can be part of our daily life.可知她认为诗歌是重要的.故选:C.3.How do you go to school?Some students may answer,"By car".Maybe some others will look at them through green glasses (羡慕地).You needn't feel(1)A if you have no cars.It's true that cars are(2).Many people find it hard to think about(3)life will be like if they have no cars.But now more people know that too many cars bring great(4)D.They make streets too(5)C.People are trying to stop pollution (污染)from cars.One way is to make(6)A cars.But it (7)D much to make these cars.And more people think about better ways.We can(8) our lifestyle.A lot of Americans go to work(9)A their bikes now.Riding bikes is clean and healthy.It helps people get strong.Let's try together!I hope we can live in a green world (10)D pollution some day.(1)A.bad B.good C.well D.better(2)A.interesting B.important C.difficult D.dangerous(3)A.how B.what C.why D.where(4)A.lessons B.fun C.skills D.problems(5)A.small B.clean C.busy D.modern(6)A.green B.red C.yellow D.white(7)A.takes B.spends C.pays D.costs(8)A.have B.change C.enjoy D.make(9)A.on B.by C.with D.ride(10)A.with B.in C.has D.without【分析】本文叙述了由于现在人们的车辆多了,给社会带来了一些污染的问题,需要引起全世界人的重视,如果生产环保的车造价太高,我们可以通过改变我们的生活方式来改变这一切.【解答】ABBDC ADBAD1:A 考查形容词.A.bad糟糕的,不好;B.good好的;C.well好;D.better更好.根据if you have no cars,可知没有车会感觉不好,结合句意:如果你没有车,你不必觉得不好,故选A.2:B 考查形容词.A.interesting有趣的;B.important 重要的;C.difficult 困难的;D.dangerous危险的.根据Many people find it hard to think about life will be like if they have no cars.可知车是重要的,故选B.3:B 考查疑问词.A.how 怎样;B.what什么;C.why为什么;D.where哪里.根据题干,可知这里缺少like的宾语,所以用what作宾语,结合句意:许多人发现很难想象如果没有车生活会使什么样子.故选B.4:D 考查名词.A.lessons功课;B.fun 有趣;C.skills技巧;D.problems问题.根据They make streets too .可知这里指车带来的问题,结合句意:但是现在越多的人知道太多的车可能带来大的问题,故选D.5:C 考查形容词.A.small小的;B.clean干净的;C.busy忙的;D.modern 现代的.根据常识可知车辆多了,肯定街道繁忙,结合句意:他们使街道太繁忙.故选C.6:A 考查形容词.A.green绿色的;B.red 红色的;C.yellow黄色的;D.white白色的.根据People are trying to stop pollution (污染) from cars.可知人们正在努力阻止来自汽车的污染,结合句意:一个方法是生产环保的车.故选A.7:D 考查动词.A.takes花费,常常用it作主语;B.spends花费,常用人作主语;C.pays付钱,常用句型:sb pay+钱数+for sth;D.costs花费,常用物或事情作主语.根据题干,这里it是形式主语,真正的主语是to make these cars,故选D.8:B 考查动词.A.have有;B.change改变;C.enjoy 喜欢;D.make制造.根据A lot of Americans go to work bike now.Riding bikes is clean and healthy.可知这里指人们改变了生活方式,结合句意:我们改变我们的生活方式.故选B.9:A 考查介词.A.on需要后跟冠词或形容词性物主代词+bike;B.by+bike骑自行车;C.with 用;D.ride动词.根据go to work,可知这里已经有动词了,故用介词短语,结合后面的their bikes,只能用on,故选A.10:D 考查介词.A.with和…一起 B.in在里面 C.has有 D.without没有,根据前文a green world,可知是一个没有污染的绿色世界,故选D.4.I was said to be the worst student in my class,and my family thought I was hopeless.I had to(36)D Grade Six.At that time a new teacher,Miss Sadia,came to our school.One day after class,she noticed that I was staying alone during the lunch break.She came to meand began to talk to me.It was just a(37)C conversation(对话).After that day,she gave me particular attention(特别注意) and it made me feel special.I started to work hard because she gave me the feeling that(38)believed me,and my(39)D started to improve in her subject.Months later,she moved into a house near my(40)A.We would walk home together after school.Her constant (不断的) support helped me,especially in my studies,as I knew she would(41)D my grades both in her subject and the other subjects.I finally(42)second in my class.Then,after Grade Six,she started to slowly drift away(疏远),(43)A still kept a constant check on me.By the time I was in Grade Seven,we(44)D spoke,but by then I had become the(45)C in my class.When I left my school,I was out of touch with her,as she never answered the(46)C when I called her.Then I graduated and went to a good university.One fine day,our paths crossed again.I met her at a wedding.I could not(47)asking her,"Why did you stop talking to me?" "You are a clever boy.I wanted you to be a tree(48)A on your own roots,not depending on (依靠)others.Now here you are and I feel(49)of you.You are your inspiration (启发灵感的人)and do not need to(50)C a shoulder."she said.I could not say anything,but I smiled.I'll always thank her.36.A.jump B.attend C.copy D.repeat37.A.stupid(傻的)B.useless C.normal D.secret38.A.everyone B.someone C.anyone D.nobody39.A.words B.objects C.classes D.grades40.A.home B.school C.hotel D.company41.A.change B.look C.improve D.check42.A.received B.came C.caught D.held43.A.but B.as C.or D.so44.A.ever B.often C.once D.hardly45.A.oldest B.strongest C.best D.cleverest46.A.road B.schoolyard C.phone D.machine47.A.finish B.help C.prevent D.keep48.A.standing B.flying C.growing D.sitting49.A.sad B.proud C.good D.pity50.A.give up B.get on C.look for D.take up【分析】作者在小学时老师和家长认为他是个差等生,要他留级,这时遇到了一位名叫Miss Sadia的老师,在她的帮助和鼓励下,作者取得很大进步,但是从此以后,Miss Sadia 不再给他很多关注,直到毕业后的一次偶遇,他才知道了老师这样做的真正原因.【解答】36.D考查动词辨析.A jump跳;B attend 参加;C copy复印;D repeat重复.根据I was said to be the worst student in my class,and my family thought I was hopeless 可知老师和家长都认为"我"是差生,所以不得不留级,选D.37.C考查形容词辨析.A.stupid 蠢得;B.useless无用的;C.normal 正常的;D.secret秘密的.从上下文It was just a(37)conversation(对话).After that day,she gave me particular attention(特别注意) and it made me feel special可知这只是很平常的谈话,但是后来老师却格外注意我,选C.38.B考查代词辨析.A.everyone每个人;B.someone 某人;C.anyone任何人;D.nobody没有人.从上文After that day,she gave me particular attention(特别注意) and it made me feel special可知老师对"我"特别关注,所以作者感到了来自别人的信任,选B.39.D考查名词辨析.A words话;B objects 物体;C classes班级;D grades分数,成绩.根据后句started to improve in her subject可以推断作者在老师那科的成绩开始提高了,选D.40.A考查名词辨析.A home 家;B school 学校;C hotel旅馆;D company公司.根据We would walk home together after school可知作者和老师.放学后一起回家.选A.41.D考查动词辨析.A.change 改变;B.look 看;C.improve 提高;D.check核实,检查.根据语境判断老师会检查他的学习情况,会查他各科的成绩,而且根据下文still kept a constant(不断的) check on me.内容也可以判断选D.42.B.考查动词辨析.A received收到;B came 来;C caught抓住D;held抓住.固定短语:come second获得第二名,句意:最后"我"获得班级第二名,选B.43.A考查连词辨析A but但是(表示转折关系);B as由于(表示原因);C or否则,或者(表示选择关系);D so所以(表示前因后果).从前后句she started to slowly drift away(疏远),(43)still kept a constant check on me.内容可知此处表示转折关系,句意:老师开始慢慢地疏远"我",但是还是经常检查"我"的学习成绩,选A.44.D考查副词辨析.A ever曾经;B often 经常;C once曾经;D hardly几乎不.从上文she started to slowly drift away内容可知老师对作者渐渐疏远,由此判断当"我"上七年级时,我们几乎就不交谈了,故选D.45.C.考查形容词辨析.A oldest 最老的;B strongest最壮的;C best最好的;D cleverest 最聪明的.but by then I had become the(45)in my class到那时,"我"已经成为班级最好的学生了,故选C.46.C考查名词辨析.A road路;B schoolyard 校园;C phone打电话;D machine机器.根据空后when I called her.可知当"我"给她打电话时,她从不接"我"的电话,故选C.47.B考查动词辨析.A finish完成;B help帮助;C prevent阻止;D keep保持.根据作者说的话I could not(47)asking her,"Why did you stop talking to me?"可知"我"是情不自禁地问她"为什么不再和我说话",can't help doing sth情不自禁做某事,故选 B.48.A考查动词辨析.A standing 站立;B flying飞;C growing 生长;D sitting坐.从下文I wanted you to be a tree(48)on your own roots,not depending on (依靠)others内容可知老师希望作者独立,要像一棵树一样,站在自己的根上,而不是依赖于别人的帮助,故选A.49.B考查形容词辨析.A sad伤心的;B proud自豪的;C good好的;D pity遗憾的.从Now here you are and I feel(49)of you.You are your inspiration(启发灵感的人) and do not need to内容可知作者成绩优秀,所以老师应该是为他自豪,故选B.50.C考查动词短语辨析.A give up放弃;B get on进展;C look for寻找;D take up拿起.从老师说的话You are your inspiration(启发灵感的人)and do not need to(50)a shoulder可知老师不希望他去依赖别人,要靠自己的力量,短语:look for a shoulder"依靠别人",选C.5.One night,when I was eight,my mother gently asked me a question I would never forget."Sweetie,my(16) wants to offer me a more important job because of my good work,but needs me to work in Brazil.This is like your teacher telling that you've done (17)C and allowing you to skip a grade(跳级),but you'll have to(18)A your friends.Would you say yes to your teacher?"She gave me a hug and asked me to think about it.I was puzzled.Though I said"yes",the question kept me (19)C for the rest of the night.I realized the(20)D decisions adults had to make.For almost four years,my mother would call us from Brazil every day.Every evening I'd (21)A wait for the phone to ring and then tell her every detail of my day.A phone call,however,could never take the place of her staying home with us and it was difficult not to feel (22)D sometimes.During my fourth﹣grade Christmas holiday,we flew to Rio to visit her.Looking at her large (23)C flat,I became aware of how lonely my mother must have been in Brazil herself.It was then that I started to understand the difficult choices she had to make on (24)family and work.(25)C difficult decisions,she used to tell me,you wouldn't know whether you make the right choice,but you could always do the best out of the situation.When I returned home,I(26)D myself that what my mother could do,I could,too.If she (27)A to live well in Rio all by herself,I,too,could learn to depend all on myself.I learn how to take care of myself and achieve big but practical (28)D.My mother is now back with us.But I will never forget what the (29) has really taught me.The separation(分离)between us has proved to be a(an)(30)A thing for me.16.A.teacher B.boss C.mother D.friend17.A.little B.much C.well D.wrong18.A.leave B.refuse C.contact D.forgive19.A.explaining B.sleeping C.wondering D.regretting20.A.poor B.rapid C.final D.hard21.A.hopefully B.politely C.nervously D.curiously22.A.satisfied B.happy C.relaxed D.lonely23.A.comfortable B.expensive C.empty D.modern24.A.providing B.balancing C.comparing D.mixing25.A.Disappointed at B.Compared with C.Faced with D.Satisfied with 26.A.enjoyed B.expressed C.warned D.reminded27.A.managed B.offered C.promised D.expected28.A.plans B.efforts C.prizes D.dreams29.A.question B.experience C.history D.chance30.A.wonderful B.terrible C.difficult D.unpleasant.【分析】这是一篇记叙文,作者记叙了妈妈去了巴西工作之后,他学会了自立,并且理解了妈妈的做法,这段分离的经历对他来说是一段难得的经历.【解答】16.答案:B.考查名词及语境的理解,teacher老师,boss老板,上司,mother 妈妈,friend朋友,结合句意可知:"亲爱的,由于我工作出色,我的老板提供给我一份更重要的工作,但需要我在巴西工作."故选:B.17.答案:C.考查副词及语境的理解,little小的,少,much多,well好,wrong错误的,根据下文"老师允许我跳级"这说明老师告诉我在学习上做得好,故选:C.18.答案:A.考查动词及语境的理解,句子中but表示转折关系,根据"老师告诉你做得好,允许你跳级.",下文应该是"但是你得离开你的朋友."故选:A.19.答案:C 考查动词及语境的理解,explaining解释,sleeping睡觉,wondering想知道,疑惑,regretting懊悔,句子中"I was puzzled."妈妈的问题让我困惑了,下文应该是"这个问题让我困惑了一夜."故选:C.20.答案:D.考查形容词及语境的理解,poor可怜的,穷的,rapid快速的,final最后的,hard难的,努力地.根据语境可知:作者我对妈妈的问题很困惑,我很难入睡,意识到成年人得作出艰难的决定,故选:D.21.答案:A 考查副词及语境的理解,hopefully怀着希望地,politely客气地,nervously紧张地,curiously好奇地,根据语境可知:四年来,妈妈每天从巴西打电话给我.可以推断出:作者很期待妈妈的电话,告诉她我在这儿的每一个细节.故选:A.22.答案:D 考查形容词及语境的理解,satisfied满意的,happy高兴的,relaxed轻松的,lonely孤独的,根据上句"然而,一个电话无法代替妈妈和我们一起呆在家里,"下句应该是:"有时不感到孤独是困难的."故选:D.23.答案:C考查形容词及语境的理解,comfortable舒服的,expensive昂贵的,empty空的,modern现代的.根据句意"在我四年级的圣诞节假期里,我们乘飞机去里约看望她,看着她那空荡荡的大公寓,我意识到我母亲在巴西一定很孤独.",故选:C.24.答案:B.考查动词及语境的理解,providing提供,balancing平衡,comparing比较,mixing混乱,根据语境可知:就在那时,我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择.故选:B.25.答案:C.考查固定短语的理解,disappointed at对…感到失望,compared with与…作比较,faced with面临,satisfied with对…感到满意,由上文可知:"就在那时,我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择."下文应该是"面对艰难的决定,她曾告诉我,你不知道自己是否做出了正确的选择,但你总能从中得到最好的结果."故选:C.26.答案:D.考查动词及语境的理解,enjoyed喜欢,expressed表达,warned 警告,reminded提醒,根据语境可知:"当我回到家时,我提醒自己,我的母亲所能做的,我可以."故选:D.27.答案:A 考查动词及语境的理解,managed设法,offered提供,promised承诺,expected期望,根据语境可知:"如果她在里约生活得很好了,我也可以学会全部靠我自己."故选:A.28.答案:D.考查名词及语境的理解,plans计划,efforts努力,prizes奖,dreams梦想,这里指"我学会了如何照顾自己,实现大而有用的梦想",故选:D.29.答案:B.考查名词及语境的理解,question问题,experience经历,经验,history历史,chance机会,根据语境可知:我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历,故选:B30.答案:A.考查形容词及语境的理解,wonderful极好的,terrible可怕的,difficult困难的,unpleasant不愉快的,根据上文可以知道:我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历,我从中学到很多东西.由此可知,这对我来说是一件好事情.故选:A.6.I have (1)C my hometown for a few years.It has changed a lot (2)A the years.New roads and beautiful buildings have been (3)C.People in my hometown have realized the(4)C of protecting the environment.They have done many things (5)C planting trees,keeping the roads clean,and not (6)D plastic bags.Now the (7)A is much better than before,and people's life is (8)D than before.The old are doing all kinds of (9)D such as playing(10)A,dancing and playing TaiJi in the park.There are(11)C places for people to relax such as KTVs and bars in the town.People's life is not(12)any more.They can relax in many different ways(13)C just watching TV at home.There are also some places(14)A further learning ,especially for the(15)A who want to find good jobs.(1)A.left B.been away C.been away from D.left away(2)A.over B.among C.between D.after(3)A.build B.building C.built D.buildings(4)A.important B.useless C.importance D.use(5)A.for example B.as C.such as D.that is(6)A.use B.used C.useful D.using(7)A.environment B.weather C.life D.hometown(8)A.bad B.worse C.colourful D.more colorful (9)A.games B.matches C.work D.activities(10)A.chess B.the chess C.with chess D.a chess(11)A.few B.less C.more D.much(12)A.interesting B.boring C.bored D.happy(13)A.for example B.in fact C.instead of D.such as(14)A.for B.at C.with D.to(15)A.young B.children C.old D.baby【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了家乡的变化.家乡建了新楼房和道路,人们的环保意识提高了,环境变好了.人们的生活也变得丰富多彩了,老年人有各种各样的活动;还有很多地方供人们休闲;对于年轻人来说,还有继续学习的地方.【解答】(1)C.考查动词与语境理解.根据前后文及选项词意,此句为:我离开家乡有好多年了.for a few years,好些年;通常和现在完成时连用,leave是瞬间动词,不能与持续时间段连用,be away from离开,表示状态,可以与持续时间段连用;结合语境故选C.(2)A.考查介词与语境理解.A超过;B三者及以上其中;C两者中间;D在…之后;根据前后文及选项词意,此句为:这些年发生了很多改变.Over the years多年以来,故选A.(3)C.考查动词与语境理解.根据前后文及选项词意,此句为:建了新的房子和道路.主语与动词直接是被动关系,要用被动语态,所以动词用过去分词,故选C.(4)C.考查名词与语境理解.从后文村民植树等行为,得知此句说的是,村民们认识到保护环境的重要性.A 重要的,形容词;B没有的,形容词;C 重要性,名词;D 使用,动词;结合语境故选C.(5)C.考查短语与语境理解.从前问They have done many things他们做了很多事情,后面是具体的例子,例如植树,保持道路的清洁,A 例如,后面经常跟一个例子,B 作为,像;C 例如,可跟多个例子;D 也就是;结合语境故选C.(6)D.考查动词与语境理解.这里讲的还是环保的例子,句意为:不适用塑料袋.A 使用;B使用,是use的过去式;C 有用的,形容词;D 使用,use的现在分词;结合题意选A.(7)A.考查名词与语境理解.结合前文讲的是村民认识到环保的重要性,并采取了措施,所以此句为:环境比以前变好了.A 环境;B 气候;C 生活;D 家乡;结合语境选A.(8)D.考查形容词与语境理解.结合前后文,此句为:人们的生活变得更丰富了.A 不好;B更坏,是bad的比较级;C 丰富多彩的;D 更丰富多彩,是colorful的比较级;结合语境此处用比较级,而且是朝好的方向变化,故选D.(9)D.考查名词与语境理解.根据后面的举例dancing and playing TaiJi跳舞,打太极,得知此句为:老年人做各种各样的活动.A 游戏;B比赛;C 工作;D 活动;D符合语境.(10)A.考查名词与语境理解.根据前后文及选项词意,此句为:例如下棋.Playing chess 下棋,不需要冠词,故选A.(11)C.考查形容词与语境理解.根据前文得知,人们的生活变得更丰富了,得知此句为:有更多的地方给人们娱乐,例如KTV和酒吧.A 和B都表否定,没有什么;C更多,是many和much的比较级;D 很多,修饰不可数名词;结合语境故选C.(12)B.考查形容词与语境理解.根据前文,人们开展很多活动,有更多的地方来娱乐,得知此句为:人们的生活不再乏味.A 有趣的;B 无聊的;C 感到无聊的,用来形容人的感受;D高兴;B符合语境.(13)C.考查短语与语境理解.根据前后文的意思,得知此句为:人们有很多放松的方式,而不是只是看电视.A 例如;B事实上;C 而不是;D 例如;结合语境故选C.(14)A.考查介词与语境理解.根据前后文及选项词意,此句为:也有很多继续学习的地方.Place for doing sth.做某事的地方,介词用for,故选A.(15)A.考查名词与语境理解.根据后文who want to find good jobs.那些想找好工作的人,此句为:尤其是为那些想找好工作的年轻人.A 年轻的;B 小孩;C 老人;D 婴儿;结合语境故选A.7.My chance came at last.Our school was going to hold a sports meeting.I knew what it (1)D to me so I got up very early to prepare for it.I(2)running and jumping.When I was (3)C,I(4)D myself of my promise and went on.As the time approached(靠近),I felt quite confident.On the first day I(5)fourth in the 1500 m race,but I was far from(6)A because what I wanted most was the highlight of the sports meeting﹣4 x 100 m relay race.I would run the last leg for my team.With a shot,the race began.All the students were (7)C for their team.The competition was so heated that I began to feel nervous.Before my turn came,my team was (8)D the others.Even worse,I almost dropped the stick when I was trying to (9)A it.But after that,there was nothing in my mind except to run as fast as possible.Just when I was approaching the finish line,my legs gave out.Then my (10)A came to mind again and urged(催促) me on.To my (11)C,I was the first to cross the finish line!(12)D,I had proved to myself and those who had often laughed at me that I am not (13) at all!My classmates greeted me warmly and I hugged them tightly.I had won the prize as well as their (14)C.From the sports meeting,I learnt that sometimes things are not so difficult as they(15)A to be.Just try your best without fear and you might be surprised at the result.(1)A.mattered B.held C.brought D.meant(2)A.exercised B.practiced C.chose D.tried(3)A.lazy B.sad C.tired D.hungry(4)A.braved B.told C.encouraged D.reminded(5)A.ended B.got C.came D.ran(6)A.pleased B.proud C.excited D.happy(7)A.heading B.racing C.cheering D.shouting(8)A.failing behind B.leading C.catching up with D.falling behind(9)A.catch B.hold C.pass D.take(10)A.promise B.coach C.teacher D.classmate (11)A.joy B.expectation C.surprise D.sadness(12)A.As a result B.After all C.Above all D.At last(13)A.bad B.weak C.slow D.lazy(14)A.congratulations B.support C.respect D.pride(15)A.seem B.choose C.look D.expect【分析】本文叙述了作者为了参加学校的运动会,积极去锻炼做准备.在运动上,在他的团队落后的情况下,他并不气馁,最后他的团队取得了第一名的好成绩.作者最后总结出:只要自己尽了最大的努力也许会有意想不到的好结果.【解答】1.D.考查动词.mattered 重要;held 举行;brought 带来;meant意味着.根据上文"Our school was going to hold a sports meeting"可知,我校要举办运动会.我知道这对我来说意味着什么.于是我早早起来准备.故选D.2.B.考查动词.exercised 锻炼;practiced 练习;chose 选择;tried尝试.根据语境可知,我练习跑步和跳跃.practice doing sth练习做某事.故选B.3.C.考查形容词.lazy懒惰的;sad伤心的;tired 疲倦的;hungry饥饿的.根据上文"I (2)running and jumping"可知,我练习跑步和跳跃.当我疲倦的时候,我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言.故选C.4.D.考查动词.braved 勇敢面对;told告诉;encouraged鼓励;reminded提醒.根据语境可知,当我疲倦的时候,我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言.remind sb of sth提醒某人某事.故选D.5.B.考查动词.ended 结束;got 得到;came 来到;ran跑.根据语境可知,第一天我在1500米赛跑中获得第四名.故选B.6.A.考查形容词.pleased高兴的(满意的);proud骄傲的;excited激动的;happy高兴的.根据语境可知,但是我并不满意,因为我想要的是运动会的最精彩部分﹣﹣4 x 100接力赛.故选A.7.C.考查现在分词.heading 朝着……前进;racing跑;cheering欢呼;shouting喊叫.根据语境可知,所有学生都为自己的队伍加油.故选C.8.D.考查现在分词短语.failing behind (错误短语);leading领导;catching up with赶上;falling behind落后于.根据语境可知,在轮到我跑之前,我的队伍落后于其他团队.故选D.9.A.考查动词.catch 接住(抓住);hold 举办(容纳);pass经过;take带走.根据语境可知,更糟糕的是,当我试图抓住接力棒的时候,我差点把它掉在地上.故选A.10.A.考查名词.promise诺言;coach教练;teacher老师;classmate同学.根据上文"When I was (3),I (4)myself of my promise and went on"可知,当我疲倦的时候,我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言.这时我脑中浮现了自己的诺言,它督促我继续前进.故选C.11.C.考查名词.joy欢乐;expectation 例外;surprise吃惊;sadness伤心.根据上文。

【经典】初一英语完形填空含答案解析(50篇)

【经典】初一英语完形填空含答案解析(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Once upon a time,there were three brothers ﹣Samuel,Timothy and Xander.They were kind,but they were(1)C.One day,while returning home,they saw an old woman.The brothers went to help carry her bag home.(2),this old woman had magical powers.With the brothers' selfless help,she asked them to make a promise (许诺)."We are not happy,and that has become our biggest problem, "replied Samuel.So the woman asked what would make them happy. "A big house.There is(3)C more that I would want,"said Samuel."A big farm. "said Timothy. "A beautiful wife.Her sweet face would make me(4)A my sadness,"said Xander. "OK,"said the old woman,"Go home,and you will find what you have wished for. "After they returned home,there was(5)D a huge house,a farmland and a beautiful woman!The brothers became so happy.Soon a year was over.The situation was,however,now(6)for brothers.Samuel had been so lazy.Timothy found it hard to take care of the fields.Xander too,no longer found any joy.In short all of them weren't happy(7)A.So the brothers decided to visit the old woman. "Well, "replied the old woman. "When each of you made your wish,you were happy.However,happiness never lasts(8)C a very important thing﹣ being thankful.Only if you learn to be thankful,can you enjoy the happiness. "The brothers realized their(9)D and went back home.They saw how lucky they were to have the gifts.Samuel began taking good care of his house.Timothy could have a good harvest in time.Xander learned to(10)A his wife's devotion (奉献).And thus,they could live happily ever after.(1)A.hopeless B.honest C.unhappy D.hardworking(2)A.At first B.In fact C.Above all D.On time(3)A.no B.something C.nothing D.everything(4)A.forget B.remember C.repeat D.feel(5)A.clearly B.luckily C.wrongly D.truly(6)A.amazing B.different C.difficult D.special(7)A.again B.instead C.too D.yet(8)A.except B.among C.without D.beside(9)A.danger B.dream C.happiness D.mistake(10)A.thank B.enjoy C.refuse D.accept【分析】文章通过一个故事,告诉我们要感恩我们的所有,才能幸福。

(word完整版)初一英语完形填空(20篇)

(word完整版)初一英语完形填空(20篇)

七年级完形填空练习一Carol and susan are very good friends they are in the same _1_ at school and they often visit _2_ home at weekends (周末). Now they are _3_ eight years old. Carol's mother has got a new baby. Carol is very _14_ to have a little sister. so she is always talking about her to susan. At first she is very _5_ in the new baby because she doesn't have any brothers or sisters. But _6_ some time she begins to get tired of Carol's endless talking (喋喋不休地谈论) about it. She also fells a little jealous (嫉妒) of her friend.One morning when the two girls _7_ in the school ground, Carol says to susan, "Do you _8_,Sue, my baby sister has put on nearly half a pound in weight (体重增加了半磅) this week.""That is not very _9_." answers Susan. "I know a baby and he puts on ten pounds a day.""Oh, that can't be _10_." answers Carol laughingly. "Whose baby is it?" "An elephant's" saysSusan.1. a. grade b. table c. class d. group2. a. each other's b. their c. theirs d. each other3. a. all b. two c. both d. either4. a. angry b. sorry c. surprised d. glad5. a. interesting b. interested c. happy d. satisfied6. a. before b. for c. after d. at7. a. play b. meet c. weight d. walk8. a. hear b. think c. find d. know9. a. much b. many c. few d. little10. a. impossible b. wrong c. true d. sure二Bob and sue are in the same school, 1 they are in different 2 . they go to school on weekdays. 3 school , bob and sue often play games with 4 friends.Classes begin 5 eight in the morning. now bob and sue are in their classrooms. they are listening to their 6 . bob's studying english. his teacher is talking 7 english. sue's 8 a chinese class. her teacher is talking 9 writing. they study hard. they love their teachers and they like their10 .l. a. but b. and c. or d. when2. a. classes b. class c. lesson d. lessons3. a. in b. when c. to d. at4. a. his b. her c. other d. their5. a. about b. in c. at d. on6. a. friends b. father c. teacher d. teachers7. a. with b. at c. in d. for8. a. having b. listening c. getting d. sitting in9. a. at b. about c. for d. like10. a. home b. family c. school d. clothes三It is the _1_ day of a new term. everyone _2_ very happy. they came to school early. _3_ new english teacher is mr hu. he _4_ to his students. "welcome _5_ to school." mr hu _6_ know their names. but he has _7_ on a piece _8_paper(纸). he wants to call their names. after that, a boy comes in, he is _9_. mr hu asks him to come to school _10_ next time.() 1. a. first b. one c. the first d. 1th() 2. a. are b. be c. is d. look() 3. a. it’s b. his c. their d. our() 4. a. says b. speaks c. doesn’t say d. wants() 5. a. back b. you c. us d. it() 6. a. do b. isn’t c. doesn’t d. /() 7. a. it b. them c. him d. that() 8. a. of b. to c. in d. on() 9. a. early b. tall c. short d. late() 10. a. back b. early c. earlier d. late四There are nineteen boys and twenty-eight girls in our class. 1 of the boys is english. His 2 is sam. He's thirteen. Two of the 3 are american. They are twins. 4 names are jane and joy. They are twelve. They are my 5 . All of the other boys and girls are 6. 7 all like the english boy and the american girls , 8 they like us, too. We play games together(一起). We help 9and they help us.look, there come the twins! They're 10 this way. Let's say hello to them.l. a. one b. two c. three d. four2. a. school b. sister c. brother d. name3. a. brothers b. sisters c. girls d. boys4. a. your b. their c. our d. her5. a. teachers b. friends c. brothers d. students6. a. chinese b. english c. american d. friends7. a. they b. we c. them d. our8. a. but b. or c. and d. so9. a. her b. them c. him d. you10. a. come b. go c. coming d. going五This is my bedroom.I can see _1_ pictures on the wall. The light is _2_ the desk. The football is _3_ the chair. _4_ is the bed? It's near the table.My father and _5_ bedroom is near my bedroom. _6_ flowers and a bed _7_ in their room. Some windows are _8_ the wall. A yellow door is in the wall, _9_.I like my bedroom and they like _10_.1. a. a b. one c. an d. some2. a. under b. on c. in d. behind3. a. on b. under c. to d. for4. a. who b. what c. which d. where5. a. sister b. mother c. mother's d. sisters6. a. the b. the c. some d. some7. a. is b. are c. isn't d. am8. a. on b. behind c. in d. under9. a. also b. there c. here d. too10. a. also b. theirs' c. them d. their room六A well-dressed man goes l a restaurant a day. He sits down at a table near the window.A waiter comes up to 2 and says, "Can i help you, sir?" the man says, "can i see the menu?" "certainly. "the man wants a good meal. He wants a lot of nice 3 . The waiter gets them for him. The man is having his 4 . At that time a boy comes in and sits down beside the man. He asks the 5 to give him an ice cream. The man does so. Now the boy is eating his ice cream. The man is saying, "i go out 6 a newspaper."then he goes out. After the boy eats his ice cream up. The boy7 and goes to the door. "8 , your father hasn't given the money for the meal and your ice cream. "the waiter stops him and says."Father? You're 9.he isn't my father. I don't 10 him. I meet him in the street. He says he will give me an ice cream if i come here at twelve o'clock. "1. a. in b. out c. into d. onto2. a. him b. it c. his d. them3. a. dish b. dishes c. plates d. bowls4. a. cakes b. drink c . supper d. meal5. a. man b. father c . waiter d. boy6. a. with b .for c. to d .at7. a. sits down b. gets up c. stands up d. comes down8. a. excuse me b .sorry c. hello d. hi9. a. good b. right c. well d. wrong10. a. like b. know c. help d. ask七One day, a grandmother stays at home with her 14-month-old grandson. He is __1__ with her yellow car key(钥匙). At that time, the phone rings __2__ the grandmother goes to answer the phone. After the grandmother comes __3__, she can’t find the key. She thinks that the little boy puts __4__ somewhere(在某处).She looks __5__ it in the room, but she can’t find it anywhere. Then she has a __6__ idea(主意). The grandmother __7__ the child a blue key and pretends (假装)not to look. After a few __8__ the boy goes into his grandmother’s bedroom and he carefully puts __9__ blue key under her bed, next to the yellow__10__.1. a. playing b. carrying c. putting2. a. because b. and c. but3. a. down b. out c. back4. a. it b. them c. that5. a. at b. after c. for6. a. well b. good c. bad7. a. gives b. buys c. draws8. a. minutes b. days c. weeks9. a. a b. an c. the10. a. phone b. key c. shoes八It was sunday. I never get up early _1_ sundays. I sometimes stay _2_ until lunch time. Last sunday i _3_ very late. I looked _4_ the window. It was dark outside. "what a day!" i thought. "it _5_ again." just then the telephone _6_. It was my aunt lucy. "i've just arrived _7_ train," she said, "i am coming to _8_ you.""but i'm still having breakfast." i said."what are you doing?" she said."i'm having _9_," i repeated."dear me," she said, "do you always get up so _10_? It is one o'clock."1. a. for b. on c. at d. in2. a. at bed b. in a bed c. one a bed d. in bed3. a. went to work b. stood up c. got up d. was4. a. out of b. at c. from d. up5. a. was fine b. is rained c. was dark d. is raining6. a. called b. came c. rang d. stopped7. a. by b. on c. with d. in8. a. ask b. help c. see d. look for9. a. tea b. breakfast c. supper d. lunch10. a. soon b. slowly c. early d. late九My parents and I love traveling very much. Now we are in a country of 1 and windmills (风车). It is the Netherlands. There are 2 than 2,000 windmills in the Netherlands. They still 3 on the farms.About 20% of its land 4 from the sea. The tulip(郁金香)is a symbol (标志)of the 5 .People celebrate(庆祝)Tulip Festival every 6 . There are a lot of 7 in this country. You can enjoy good milk and cheese here. Yum People here love to ride 8 bikes. What do Dutch kids do 9 they pass their exams? They often hang(悬挂) a school bag and a national flag 10 the gate! Come and have a good time in the Netherlands!1. A. cars B. flowers C. buses D. trees2. A. much B. more C. fewer D. many3. A. sleep B. live C. work D. enjoy4. A. comes B. are C. go D. gets5. A. park B. school C. farm D. country6. A. year B. day C. month D. morning7. A. monkeys B. cows C. lions D. dogs8. A. a B. an C. the D. /9. A. because B. before C. so D. when10. A. in B. on C. at D. to十Every school has its own rules. In some schools in America, students 1 chew gum(口香糖).Some schools in Britain don't let their 2 have strange hairstyles. However, one 3 is very popular around the world: students 4 to wear uniforms on schooldays, but many students don't like to wear the school uniforms. They think the uniforms are the ugliest 5 in the world, but schools don't let their students wear 6 own clothes at school. Some students draw cartoons or some famous singers on their 7 . They think it is very 8 that everyone wears the same clothes.What do you think 9 it? Do you 10 your school uniform?1. A. can't B. have to C. can D. don't have to2. A. classmates B. students C. boys D. girls3. A. school B. class C. rule D. uniform4. A. has B. must C. should . D. have5. A. clothes B. shirts C. skirts D. cloth6. A. their B. they C. them D. themselves7. A. school bags B. books C. uniforms D. desks8. A. bored B. boring C. interesting D. interested9. A. of B. over C. by D. for10. A. like B. make C. wash D. put on十一My dad was a fisherman, and he loved the sea. He had a boat, but it was 1 to make a living on the sea. He worked hard and stayed out 2 he caught enough(足够的)fish for the family.When the weather was 3 , my father didn't work, and he drove me to school. Before he left, he would give me a big kiss(亲吻)on the face 4 tell me to be a good boy. It was so embarrassing(尴尬的) for me.I remembered(记住) the day. I was 12 years old. I thought I was too old for a good-bye kiss. We got to school and came to a stop. He had his usual big smile and started to kiss 5 before he left, but I put my hand up and said, "No, dad. "It was the 6 time that I talked to him in that way and he felt very surprised(惊讶的).I said, "Dad, I'm too old for a good-bye kiss. I'm too old for any kind of kiss. "My dad looked at me 7 a long time, and his eyes were filled with tears. I never saw him 8 . '6You are right, "he said. "You are a big boy a 9 . I won't kiss you any more."It wasn't long after that when my dad went to the sea and never came back. I was so sad that I wanted one more 10 from my father.1. A. easy B. hard C. careful D. careless2. A. if B. when C. until D. after3. A. bad B. fine C. cold D. hot4. A. but B. so C. or D. and5. A. you B. me C. him D. her6. A. one B. next C. first D. last7. A. for B. in C. of D. on8. A. smile B. cry C. say D. move9. A. boy B. child C. man D. baby10. A. time B. look C. thing D. kiss十二In many classrooms, it's not 1 to find students spinning (旋转) their pens 2 they listen to their teachers.Pen-spinning is also popular 3 Japanese students. It is a form of entertainment. Recently, a pen-spinning competition was held in Tokyo, Japan. Ryuki Omura, a 16-year-old high school student, became the first pen-spinning 4 .276 people took part in the competition. They came from different age groups. Some were students 5 some were office workers. First, they 6 the videos of their pen-spinning skills to the organizer's website. Then some of them came to the last round in Tokyo. 7 of them had 30 seconds to show their skills in front of 400 people, 8 reporters and fans. Omura took a pen from his little finger to the rest fingers, then to his palm(手掌)and the back of his hand. His wonderful show made him 9 the champion.Omura said he began learning pen-spinning only about 14 months ago. He did 10 in the competition. If you like to spin your pen, you can practice it in your spare time. But when you are in the class, please don't do that.1. A. difficult B. easy C. common2. A. before B. when C. after3. A. for B. between C. among4. A. chairman B. captain C. champion5. A. or B. and C. with6. A. were sent B. sent C. was sent7. A. Each B. Both C. Every8. A. includes B. included C. including9. A. become B. became C. becomes10. A. quite good B. quite well C. quite better十三You like surfing the Internet in your free time, don't you? But do youknow "Happy Farm (开心农场)"? If you l "Happy Farm" is a farm inthe countryside, you are wrong. "Happy Farm" is a computer 2 .Players have their own farm and do things 3 farmers do on a farm.They plant seeds, water plants, pick worms (虫子) and harvest(收获) crops.I have a farm, too. Every night after 4 my homework, I turn onMy computer to take care of my farm. Every player should take care oftheir farm often. First, I harvest my crops 5 they are fully grown(成熟了).6 , I sell the crops. Third, I go shopping and7 seeds. Fourth, I plant the seeds and wait for another harvest. In "Happy Farm", players can steal(偷) the crops8 other people's farms. In order to protect(保护) the crops, some players have a9 on their farm. I don't have enough money to buy a dog. 10 I have a plan. First, I will save money by selling my crops. and then I will have enough money to get a dog.1. A. think B. take C. bring D. want2. A. farm B. class C. sport D. game3. A. on B. about C. as D. for4. A. did B. doing C. do D. does5. A. before B. where C. if D. who6. A. First B. Second C. Third D. Fourth7. A. pant B. steal C. sell D. buy8. A. with B. about C. from D. after9. A. dog B. cat C. monkey D. tiger10. A. But B. So C. And D. Then十四My family took a trip to New York City last summer. Wewere very excited. It was our first trip to New York. We 1to New York on Sunday morning. The weather was sunny.The trip on the plane was very fine. We arrived at about 3:00p. m. We stayed there for one 2 .We didn't have much 3 time during our visit to New York. We were busy. On Monday, we visited the science museum. The next day, we 4 the train to Long Beach. It was interesting and we had a 5 time.However (然而), one day was really exciting for 6 . On Friday, we wanted to go to Central Park. 7 , we took a subway into the city. Later on, we took a bus to Central Park. There were many people on the bus. After ten minutes, we got off (下车) the bus at the park. But we found Maria wasn't with us. She was 8 ! She didn't get off. My father 9 the bus. At last, the driver .8topped the bus and Maria got off. She was very careful on the buses and trains after that.We came back to Los Angeles the next day. We got home late Saturday evening. We were10 , but we were happy. We had a wonderful time in New York. However,Maria is never going to forget her scary bus trip.1. A. walked B. flew C. got D. moved2. A. day B. week C. month D. year3. A. free B. busy C. interesting D. good4. A. bought B. saw C. took D. drove5. A. quiet B. boring C. happy D. sad6. A. me B. Maria C. my mother D. my father7. A. First B. At last C. Then D. After that8. A. in the street B. on the trainC. at the parkD. on the bus9. A. ran after B. looked after C. looked for D. waited for10. A. excited B. scared C. surprised D. tired十五It was the first day of biology class. The teacher wanted to give a good 1 to his class. He wanted to 2 his students' eyes to the world of biology.He knew that 3 young students was not easy, so he worked 4 and tried to find a good way to teach this class. 5 thinking for a long time, he made a 6 at last. He decided to show the kids something 7 and teach them a lesson at the same time.He asked his students to 8 carefully. Then he began. He put a worm(虫子) into a glass of water. The worm 9 around in the water. Then he put a second worm into a glass full of alcohol(酒精). It died at once. He asked the students if anyone knew about 10 they learned from it. A boy said, "You showed us that if we drink alcohol we won't have worms. "1. A. pay B. start C. day D. tour2. A. go to B. open up C. call up D. keep out3. A. sending B. fitting C. following D. teaching4. A. hard B. quickly C. loudly D. alone5. A. Before B. While C. After D. When6. A. story B. decision C. cake D. face7. A. crazy B. impossible C. strange D. interesting8. A. watch B. use C. listen D. write9. A. flied B. ran C. jumped D. swam10. A. what B. how C. when D. why十六I like 1 . Every Sunday I get up early and go to a river by bikethree kilometers away from my home. This morning, my wife(妻子)2 to go with me. We go by car first and then walk to the3 .We began to fish. In two hours I catch(抓,捉)nothing."Why don' t you let me try?" my 'wife asks. "All right. "I 4 . She 5 six big fish in half an hour."I 6 go home first and I will cook them for lunch. You can 7 the bus home. "she says.I stay by the river 8 catch only an old shoe. I 9 a little angry with myself. 10 is the fish man in the family? My wife or I?1. A. fish B. fishing C. fished D. for fish2. A. wants B. to want C. like D. likes3. A. bike B. car C. river D. home4. A. speak B. says C. tell D. answer5. A. catch B. catches C. to catch D. catching6. A. can't B. can C. will D. may7. A. gets B. takes C. get D. take8. A. but B. and C. or D. also9. A. feel B. was C. be D. were10. A. What B. Where C. Who D. Why十七Today is the last day of my spring vacation(假期), so I wanted 1 alittle story about it. I really like to stay at home with my family and 2 Ilike to hang out with my friends. When I am at home, I like to eat, playgames with my sister, read, ride my 3 and kick a ball around.The first night of my vacation, Tony and I didn't go to bed 4 verylate and had lots of fun! The next morning we all went outside and rode our bikes. Tony tried to ride his little sister's tricycle(三轮车). He was 5 big!After a few days, I went to my friend Liam's house. But before I went there, he came to my house and we went golfing (打高尔夫球). Guess what? He 6 , I lost! And then we had hot dogs! 7 fun we had!Yesterday we went over to 8 friend's house. Her name is Kathleen. She is one of my 9 friends. Oh yeah, my sister's name is Kathryn. Sorry, I didn't tell you that earlier. We 10 there for a few hours and we had a good time.1. A. write B. wrote C. to write D. writing2. A. sometimes B. often C. always D. ever3. A. bed B. book C. bus D. bike4. A. before B. until C. after D. when5. A. many too B. too manyC. too muchD. much too6. A. had B. won C. drank D. slept7. A. What B. Where C. How D. Why8. A. other B. the other C. another D. the others9. A. sister B. sisters C. sister's D. sisters'10. A. stay B. stayed C. live D. lived十八Brian is my good friend. He has a five-year- old daughter, Lydia.Lydia likes animals very much and always 1 to have a dog. ThisSunday is Lydia's birthday. Brian wants to buy 2 a dog. So he goesto the 3 near his home. He says hello to Paul, the owner(主人)of the store. Paul says hello to him, too. Brian says, "This is a cleanand 4 pet store. " Then he walks around the store. 5 he doesn't see any pets. "Excuse me. 6 are the pets?" he asks. "The pets are right here," says Paul. Then Paul 7 him a catalog (目录簿). Brian sees 8 pictures of pets in it, like dogs, cats and birds. "You only need to 9 me the pet you like," says Paul. "We can mail(邮寄)it to you. " "What if I don't like it?" asks Brian. " 10 mail it back," says Paul. "Oh, sounds interesting," says Brian.1. A. forgets B. wishes C. stops D. writes2. A me B. you C. her D. him3. A. pet store B. zooC. clothes storeD. library4. A. quiet B. boring C. lazy D. young5. A. Or B. So C. Because D. But6. A. Where B. When C. What D. How7. A. works B. shows C. keeps D. walks8. A. other B. more C. many D. any9. A. help B. tell C. buy D. sell10. A. Sure B. Also C. Still D. Just十九Mr. and Mrs. William are having their holiday in Rome. It is an oldcity, and a new city, too. They are staying in a very good hotel in thecenter 1 the city.Rome is 2 a beautiful city. The air is fresh; the sky is clear andblue. Cool wind makes people 3 relaxed. Every day in the morning,the Williams stand 4 the hotel window, watching the cars 5 . onthe streets. They also like to walk around in the city. They walk from one place to another. Sometimes they go 6 a store and buy some presents for their friends and relatives at home.People in Rome 7 hospitable and friendly. The Williams like to talk with the local people and each year they 8 some new friends in the city. " 9 you are in Rome, you will do what they do and forget all the 10 from work," Mrs. William says. "Rome is the best place to relax".1. A. in B. of C. with D. at2. A. really B. mostly C. nearly D. almost3. A. feeling B. to feel C. feel D. felt4. A. in B. by C. across D. on5. A. come and go B. came and wentC. coming and goingD. coming and goes6. A. in B. to C. toward D. into7. A. is B. are C. was D. were8. A. make B. take C. with D. and9. A. That B. What C. When D. After10. A. worry B. worried C. worries D. worrying二十Do you often smile? Smile is very nice. It is like 1 . It letsus feel warm in our 2 . It is like the sunshine and it makes usbright 3 our eyes.Smile is very important in our lives. When you are 4 ,make a big smile face. It can make you happy 5 ; When youare worried, make a big smile face. It can help 6 keep coolagain; When you aren't successful, make a big smile face. It can help you 7 again and work harder.Smile is very easy. 8 it is very useful. So let's learn to smile. Everyone 9 smiles. When we give others a smile, we can feel happy, too. When you 10 0thers' smile faces, you can feel warm.1. A. a summer wind B. a spring windC. a fall windD. a winter wind2. A. hearts B. eyes C. mouths D. hands3. A. with B. on C. in D. at4. A. happy B. glad C. exciting D. sad5. A. too B. again C. also D. together6. A. him B. her C. you D. me7. A. do B. have C. go D. try8. A. But B. Because C. Or D. Since9. A. does B. sees C. buys D. needs10. A. make B. see C. give D. do参考答案:一1、选c。

【经典】初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)(50篇)

【经典】初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Henry Bond was about ten years old when his father died.His mother found it difficult to provide for the(1)of a large family,but still everything was left in her care.By good (2)A,however,she tried to do well and also to send Henry,the oldest,to school,and to buy him the books as he needed.At one time,however.Henry(3) a grammar book in order to join a class in that study,but his mother could not help him (4)C the money to buy it.He was very worried about it,and went to bed with a (5)A heart,thinking what could be done.As soon as he woke in the morning,he found that a deep snow had fallen,and the cold wind was blowing strongly.He (6)D,ran to the house of a neighbor,and offered his(7)to clear their path around his house.The (8)C was accepted.When he had (9)A completed this work,and received his(10)D,he went to another place for the same (11),and then to another,(12)C he had earned enough money to buy a grammar.When school began,Henry was in his (13)C,the happiest boy there,ready to begin the(14)D in his new book.From that time on,Henry was always the(15)A in all his classes.Because he had the will,he always found the way.(1)A.suppose B.support C.suggest D.survive(2)A.management B.imagination C.competition D.conversation (3)A.bought B.wanted C.read D.went over(4)A.for B.as C.with D.like(5)A.heavy B.strong C.kind D.light(6)A.shouted B.climbed C.lay D.rose(7)A.orders B.services C.tools D.wishes(8)A.exercise B.invitation C.order D.excuse(9)A.carefully B.never C.angrily D.hurriedly(10)A.thanks B.gift C.praise D.pay(11)A.money B.purpose C.time D.neighbour(12)A.if B.because C.until D.since(13)A.home B.hand C.seat D.office(14)A.game B.plan C.talk D.lesson(15)A.first B.second C.last D.worst【分析】这篇短文主要介绍了亨利大约七岁的时候,他的父亲去世了,他的母亲发现很难养活这么一个大家庭.有一次亨利想要一本语法书,但他的妈妈没有钱给他买.在早晨醒来时,他发现下了深深的雪.他决定为邻居服务扫雪从而赚得买书的钱,自此他认识到只要努力就没有做不成的事情.【解答】(1)B.考查名词.A.suppose假设 B.support支撑 C.suggest建议 D.survive 幸存,根据when his father died,可知他的爸爸去世了,所以他的妈妈很难"支撑一个大家庭",故选B.(2)A.考查名词.A.management管理B.imagination想象力C.competition竞争D.conversation 谈话,根据she tried to do well and also to send Henry,可知,通过良好的管理,她设法把事情办得很好.故选A.(3)B.考查动词.A.bought买B.wanted想要C.read读D.went over仔细检查,根据in order to join a class ,可知他想买一本语法书,故选B.(4)C.考查介词.A.for为了 B.as作为 C.with带有 D.like像,根据help him…可知是help with帮助某人做某事,固定搭配,故选C.(5)A.考查形容词.A.heavy重的B.strong强壮的C.kind善良的D.light轻的,根据He was very worried about it,可知,他非常着急,所以带着一颗"沉重的"心.故选A.(6)D.考查动词.A.shouted大喊B.climbed爬C.lay躺D.rose骑,根据ran to the house of a neighbor,可知他激动的"大喊",跑到邻居家里,故选D.(7)B.考查名词.A.orders命令B.services服务C.tools工具D.wishes希望,根据offered his…to clear their path around his house,可知是指:他提供服务,清理他们家周围的道路.故选B.(8)C.考查名词.A.exercise锻炼 B.invitation邀请 C.order订单 D.excuse借口,根据语境,他打算给邻居清理积雪换取报酬.所以这个"订单"被接受了.故选C.(9)A.考查副词.A.carefully认真地B.never从不C.angrily生气地D.hurriedly匆忙地,根据he had…completed this work,可知是指他"认真地"的完成了他的工作.故选A.(10)D.考查名词.A.thanks感谢B.gift礼物C.praise赞美D.pay报酬,根据前文The (8)C was accepted,可知这是交易,所以他收到了他的报酬,故选D.(11)B.考查名词.A.money钱B.purpose目的C.time时间D.neighbour邻居,根据he went to another place for the same…,结合语境,可知他又去了另一家,为了相同的"目的",故选B.(12)C.考查连词.A.if是否;如果B.because因为C.until直到D.since自从,根据…he had earned enough money to buy a grammar.可知,他去了一家又一家,"直到"赚够了语法书的钱,故选C.(13)C.考查名词.A.home家B.hand手C.seat座位D.office办公室,根据后文ready to begin the(14)D in his new book ,可知他坐在他的座位上准备上课,故选C.(14)D.考查名词.A.game游戏 B.plan计划 C.talk交谈 D.lesson功课,根据ready to begin the…in his new book,可知是指他准备他新书的"课程",故选D.(15)A.考查形容词.A.first第一B.second第二C.last最后D.worst最差,根据Because he had the will,he always found the way,因为他有决心,他总能找到方法.可知总是班里第一名.故选A.2.Welcome to London.You may visit many interesting(36)C here.The River Thames is a very beautiful river.Many boats and ships come and go (37)A it.Many people from other countries go on boat trips here.One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge.Boats (38)D Tower Bridge every half an hour.Tower Bridge is a famous bridge in the world(39) it is near the Tower of London,Tower Bridge gets its (40)C.You can (41)C across Tower Bridge at any time.Hyde Park is in the center of the(42)D.It's a great city park in the world.It (43)A very beautiful.You can enjoy swimming,boating,bike riding and skating here.London has a lot of museums and some of(44)D are free.It's a good place for you to visit.I'm sure you'll (45) a good time there.36.A.people B.rooms C.places D.animals37.A.on B.with C.at D.for38.A.lie B.clean C.find D.leave39.A.If B.Because C.When D.So40.A.history B.river C.name D.boat41.A.play B.dance C.walk D.work42.A.school B.street C.house D.city43.A.looks B.feels C.tastes D.sees44.A.us B.you C.it D.them45.A.tell B.have C.design D.listen.【分析】本文主要介绍了伦敦的风景.泰晤士河很美,上面有来来去去的船.塔桥是世界上最著名的桥之一,因为附近的伦敦塔而得名.海德公园也在市中心,是世界上最好的城市公园之一.伦敦有很多世界级的博物馆.【解答】36.C.考查名词辨析. people 人; rooms 房间;places 地方; animals 动物.根据题干关键词"here"指上文提到的London,可知该句句意是:你也许在那参观很多有趣的地方.因"many" 很多,修饰可数名词复数;"interesting"有趣的,是形容词,可修饰名词,所以该空填名词"places",故选C.37.A.考查介词辨析.on 在……上面;with 和;at 在(时间的某一点);for为,给.题干中的关键词"it"指的是上一句的'The River Thames"泰晤士河,所以可推知该句的意思是:许多船舶在它上面来来去去.因此该空填介词on,故选A.38.D.考查动词辨析.lie 躺;clean 清洁;find 找到;leave离开.根据前一句可知:One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge.可知一种最好的旅游船可从塔桥到西敏桥.而题干中的关键词"Boats "指的就是最好的旅游船,所以可推知:船每隔半小时发一次,即:船每隔半小时离开塔桥.又因本句是主谓宾结构,主语boats是复数形式,故选D.39.B.考查连词.if 如果,可引导条件状语从句;because 因为,引导原因状语从句;when 什么时候,引导时间状语从句;so因此,引导结果状语从句.根据分句: it is near the Tower of London,句意:它离伦敦塔很近.根据分句: Tower Bridge gets its …句意:塔桥出名.前后两个分句是因果关系,前因后果,所以用because来引导,故选B.40.C.考查名词辨析.history历史;river 河;name 名字;boat船.根据前一句Because it is near the Tower of London.因为它离伦敦塔很近.可知所以塔桥出名,又因关键词"its"它的,是形容词性的物主代词,可修饰名词,故选C.41.C.考查动词辨析. play玩; dance 跳舞;walk 步行;work工作.根据题干可知固定短语:walk across步行穿过,又因关键词"can" 是情态动词,后面加动词原形,故选C.42.D.考查名词辨析. school 学校;street 街道;house 房子; city城市.根据后一句:It's a great city park in the world.可知海德公园是世界上的一个伟大的城市公园.所以可推知该句的句意是:海德公园在这个城市的中心.又因定冠词"the"可修饰名词,故选D.43.A.考查感官动词.looks 看; feels 感觉;tastes 尝; sees看到.根据题干关键词"It "指"Hyde Park"海德公园,可知它看起来非常的漂亮.又因该句是主系表结构,所以可用感官动词做系动词,结合选项,故选A.44.D.考查人称代词.us 我们,宾格形式;you你,你们;it 它;them它们,是宾格形式.根据分句:London has a lot of museums.:伦敦有很多博物馆.可知后面分句的意思是:它们中的一些是免费的.又因some of 后面可加人称代词的宾格形式,故选D.45.B.考查动词辨析.tell 告诉;have 有;design 设计;listen听.根据题干可知固定搭配:have a good time 玩的高兴,过得愉快.又因助动词"will"后面加动词原形,故选B.3.Once there was a woman whose only son had died.In her sorrow (悲痛)she went to ask a wise man(1) there was a way to bring her son back to life. "Bring me a mustard seed (芥菜籽)from a home that has never known sorrow.I will use it to help you," he said to her,(2)D sending her away or trying to persuade her that there was hope.At once she (3)A to look for that mustard seed.The first (4)C she came to was a huge building.Knocking on the door,she said,"I'm (5) a house that has never known suffering.Is this the place?It's very (6)A to me.""You have come to the (7)C place," they told her,and began to pour out all the sad things that had happened to (8)."Who is better able to share the sadness these poor people have suffered than I,who have experienced sadness?" she thought.(9)D she stayed there and comforted them(10)C setting off again to look for a house that had never known sorrow.The woman went on,full of (11)A,and came across a(12)D on the road.She asked the farmer the same question,but unluckily he also said no.Wherever she went,from huts (茅屋) to huge buildings,there was no one without tales of(13)C.She came to be so (14)listening to other people's sad stories that she (15)A about looking for the mustard seed.Listening to the sorrow of others had driven the sorrow from her own heart.(1)A.that B.whether C.because D.where(2)A.proud of B.because of C.full of D.instead of(3)A.set off B.took off C.put off D.went off(4)A.expression B.memory C.place D.chance(5)A.caring for B.looking for C.paying for D.leaving for(6)A.important B.strange C.fair D.common(7)A.different B.right C.wrong D.certain(8)A.it B.them C.him D.her(9)A.However B.While C.Though D.So(10)A.unless B.after C.before D.until(11)A.hope B.pleasure C.regret D.fear(12)A.factory B.palace C.sign D.hut(13)A.happiness B.endings C.sadness D.promises(14)A.disappointed B.busy C.happy D.free(15)A.forgot B.cared C.worried D.found【分析】这篇短文告诉我们:曾经有一个女人,她唯一的儿子死了,她伤心,她去问一个聪明的人是否有办法让她的儿子起死回生.这位智者让她到一家去找一粒没有悲伤的芥菜种子.那女人满怀希望地继续走着,遇到一间没有悲伤的小屋,她忙着听别人讲的悲伤故事,忘了找芥末籽,听着别人的悲伤,把悲伤从自己的心里赶了出来.【解答】(1)B.考查连词及语境的理解,that引导宾语从句,没有意义,只起连接作用;whether是否;because因为,where哪里,根据上文可知这里表示疑惑:她去问一个聪明的人,是否有办法让她的儿子起死回生.故选:B.(2)D.考查词组辨析,be proud of对…感到自豪;because of因为;be full of充满…;instead of代替,而不是;根据上文Bring me a mustard seed (芥菜籽) from a home that has never known sorrow.I will use it to help you.可知:这位智者让她到一家去找一粒没有悲伤的芥菜种子.用这粒种子来帮助你.由此可以推断出:这位智者而不是把她赶走或试图说服她还有希望.故选:D.(3)A.考查词组辨析,set off动身去…,take off脱下,put off推迟,go off走开去,根据下文she thought so she stayed there and comforted them before setting off again to look for a house that had never known sorrow.可知这里应该用:她立刻动身去找芥菜种子.故选:A.(4)C.考查名词及语境的理解,expression表达,memory记忆,place地方,chance机会,结合句意:她来到的第一个地方是一座巨大的建筑物.故选:C.(5)B.考查动词词组,care for喜欢,照顾;look for寻找;pay for支付;leave for前往…,根据上文At once she set off to look for that mustard seed.可知这里指:我在找一所从未经历过苦难的房子.故选:B.(6)A.考查形容词及语境的理解,important重要的,strange奇怪的,fair公平的,common普通的,根据文章开头Once there was a woman whose only son had died.In her sorrow (悲痛) she went to ask a wise man whether there was a way to bring her son back to life…可知:这个地方对她很重要.她想让她儿子起死回生.故选:A.(7)C.考查形容词及语境的理解,different不同的,right正确的,wrong错误的,certain 一定的,根据下文they told her,and began to pour out all the sad things that had happened to them.可知:她来错地方了.故选:C.(8)B.考查代词辨析,it它,them他们,him他,her她,结合句意:"你来错地方了,"他们告诉她,开始倾诉他们遭遇的一切不幸.主语they的宾语为them,故选:B.(9)D.考查连词及语境的理解,however然而,while虽然,当…的时候,though尽管,so因此,根据前后句可知这里表示原因关系,结合句意:"谁能比那些经历过悲伤的人更能分担这些不幸的人的悲伤呢?"她想,于是她就在那里安慰他们,然后又出发去找一个从未见过的悲伤的房子.故选:D.(10)C.考查连词及语境的理解,unless如果不,after之后,before在…之前,until直到,根据上下文可知:她先安慰这家人,后再出发找一个从未见过悲伤的房子.故选:C.(11)A.考查名词及语境的理解,hope希望,pleasure乐趣,regret懊悔,fear害怕,根据上下文可知:那女人满怀希望地继续走着,遇到一间带有悲伤的小屋.故选:A.(12)D.考查名词及语境的理解,factory工厂,palace宫殿,sign标志,hut小屋,根据上文I'm looking for a house that has never known suffering.可知这里指:那女人满怀希望地继续走着,遇到一间带有悲伤的小屋.故选:D.(13)C.考查名词及语境的理解,happiness高兴,endings结束,sadness悲伤,promises 承诺,根据下文She came to be so busy listening to other people's sad stories that she forgot about looking for the mustard seed.可知这里指:那女人满怀希望地继续走着,遇到一间带有悲伤的小屋.故选:C.(14)B.考查形容词及语境的理解,disappointed失望的,busy繁忙的,happy高兴的,free自由的,结合句意:她忙着听别人讲的悲伤故事,忘了找芥末籽,听着别人的悲伤,把悲伤从自己的心里赶了出来.故选:B.(15)A.考查动词及语境的理解,forget忘记,care 在意,worry担心,find找到,结合句意:她忙着听别人讲的悲伤故事,忘了找芥末籽,听着别人的悲伤,把悲伤从自己的心里赶了出来.forget about sth.忘记某事,故选:A.4.My dream home is very big and clean.It is near the(1).I can watch the sea and.(2)A volleyball on the beach.My grandparents live(3)C us in the big house.(4)A room is(5)the first floor.I always chat with them and help them(6)C some housework on theweekend.On the(7)D floor,there is a kitchen and a dining room.All the family(8)will have dinner there.My bedroom,study and bathroom are on the third floor.There is a big balcony in my bedroom.I can play games,read books and chat(9)C my friends there.The furniture(家具)in my house is all made of wood.It is good(10)D my health.I like(11)A to music while reading books in my bedroom.I always ask my friends(12)C here.My parents' room is on the fourth floor.It's(13)A very big and clean.There is a big and nice garden behind the big house.There are many flowers and(14)tall trees in it.In summer,I can sit under the trees with my family.Behind the garden,there is a swimming pool.I can(15)A freely in it.I think it is very comfortable to live in my dream home.(1)A.river B.sea C.ground D.school(2)A.play B.to play C.play the D.play with(3)A.at B.for C.with D.of(4)A.Their B.Her C.Our D.Your(5)A.in B.on C.with D.of(6)A.does B.doing C.do D.is doing(7)A.fourth B.third C.first D.second(8)A.pets B.members C.things D.animals(9)A.of B.about C.with D.on(10)A.at B.to C.with D.for(11)A.listening B.leading C.withing D.doing(12)A.to look for B.to clean C.to come D.to leave(13)A.also B.too C.either D.but(14)A.few B.a few C.little D.a little(15)A.swim B.dance C.read D.run【分析】本文叙述了作者理想中的家园,是一个带有一个花园的在海边的大房子,有四层楼,父母、祖父母都住在一起,自己有独立的房间,可以玩游戏、读书还可以和朋友一起聊天.花园后有一个游泳池,可以在里面游泳.【解答】1.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A.river河水;B.sea海洋;C.ground地面;D.school学校.我的梦想的家在海洋附近.根据I can watch the sea 可知这里指的是海洋,故选B.2.A 考查动词及语境的理解.我可以看海和在海滩打篮球.play with sb和某人一起玩.这里play +球类运动,故选A.3.C 考查介词及语境的理解.我的祖父母和我们住在一个大的房子里.这里是短语live with sb 和某人一起.故选C.4.A 考查代词及语境的理解.A.Their他们的;B.Her她的;C.Our我们的;D.Your 你的.他们的房间是在一楼.这里指的是祖父母的,所以应该用their,故选A.5.B 考查介词及语境的理解.他们的房间是在一楼.在某层楼上,应该用介词on,故选B.6.C 考查动词及语境的理解.我总是和他们聊天,在周末帮助他们做一些家务.这里是短语help sb do sth帮助某人做某事.故选C.7.D 考查序数词及语境的理解.A.fourth第四;B.third第三;C.first第一;D.second第二.在二楼有厨房和餐厅.根据下文My bedroom ,study and bathroom are on the third floor.可知这里叙述的是二楼的情况,故选D.8.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A.pets宠物;B.members成员;C.things东西;D.animals动物.我们的家庭成员在那里吃饭.根据上文可知这里指的是家里的成员,故选B.9.C 考查介词及语境的理解.我可以和我的朋友玩游戏、读书和聊天.这里是短语chat with sb和某人聊天,故选C.10.D 考查介词及语境的理解.它对我们的身体健康都是有益的.这里是固定短语be good for对……有益.故选D.11.A 考查动名词及语境的理解.A.listening听;B.leading领导;C.withing,with是介词不能加ing;D.doing做.在我的房间里读书的时候我喜欢听音乐.这里是短语like doing喜欢做某事;故选A.12.C 考查动词不定式及语境的理解.A.to look for寻找;B.to clean擦干净;C.to come来;D.to leave离开.我请求我的朋友来这里.这里是短语ask sb to do sth请某人做某事.根据句意故选C.13.A 考查副词及语境的理解.A.also也,用于句中;B.too也,用于肯定句或疑问句;C.either也,用于否定句;D.but但是.它也是很大很干净的.根据这里的空格在句中所以用also,故选A.14.B 考查形容词及语境的理解.A.few几个;B.a few一些;C.little很少;D.a little 有点.有许多花和一些高树在花园里.A few修饰可数名词.故选B.15.A 考查动词及语境的理解.A.swim游泳;B.dance跳舞;C.read读;D.run 跑.我可以在泳池里游泳.根据Behind the garden,there is a swimming pool.可知这里应该指的游泳,故选A.5.How do you go to school?Some students may answer,"By car".Maybe some others will look at them through green glasses (羡慕地).You needn't feel(1)A if you have no cars.It's true that cars are(2).Many people find it hard to think about(3)life will be like if they have no cars.But now more people know that too many cars bring great(4)D.They make streets too(5)C.People are trying to stop pollution (污染)from cars.One way is to make(6)A cars.But it (7)D much to make these cars.And more people think about better ways.We can(8) our lifestyle.A lot of Americans go to work(9)A their bikesnow.Riding bikes is clean and healthy.It helps people get strong.Let's try together!I hope we can live in a green world (10)D pollution some day.(1)A.bad B.good C.well D.better(2)A.interesting B.important C.difficult D.dangerous(3)A.how B.what C.why D.where(4)A.lessons B.fun C.skills D.problems(5)A.small B.clean C.busy D.modern(6)A.green B.red C.yellow D.white(7)A.takes B.spends C.pays D.costs(8)A.have B.change C.enjoy D.make(9)A.on B.by C.with D.ride(10)A.with B.in C.has D.without【分析】本文叙述了由于现在人们的车辆多了,给社会带来了一些污染的问题,需要引起全世界人的重视,如果生产环保的车造价太高,我们可以通过改变我们的生活方式来改变这一切.【解答】ABBDC ADBAD1:A 考查形容词.A.bad糟糕的,不好;B.good好的;C.well好;D.better更好.根据if you have no cars,可知没有车会感觉不好,结合句意:如果你没有车,你不必觉得不好,故选A.2:B 考查形容词.A.interesting有趣的;B.important 重要的;C.difficult 困难的;D.dangerous危险的.根据Many people find it hard to think about life will be like if they have no cars.可知车是重要的,故选B.3:B 考查疑问词.A.how 怎样;B.what什么;C.why为什么;D.where哪里.根据题干,可知这里缺少like的宾语,所以用what作宾语,结合句意:许多人发现很难想象如果没有车生活会使什么样子.故选B.4:D 考查名词.A.lessons功课;B.fun 有趣;C.skills技巧;D.problems问题.根据They make streets too .可知这里指车带来的问题,结合句意:但是现在越多的人知道太多的车可能带来大的问题,故选D.5:C 考查形容词.A.small小的;B.clean干净的;C.busy忙的;D.modern 现代的.根据常识可知车辆多了,肯定街道繁忙,结合句意:他们使街道太繁忙.故选C.6:A 考查形容词.A.green绿色的;B.red 红色的;C.yellow黄色的;D.white白色的.根据People are trying to stop pollution (污染) from cars.可知人们正在努力阻止来自汽车的污染,结合句意:一个方法是生产环保的车.故选A.7:D 考查动词.A.takes花费,常常用it作主语;B.spends花费,常用人作主语;C.pays付钱,常用句型:sb pay+钱数+for sth;D.costs花费,常用物或事情作主语.根据题干,这里it是形式主语,真正的主语是to make these cars,故选D.8:B 考查动词.A.have有;B.change改变;C.enjoy 喜欢;D.make制造.根据A lot of Americans go to work bike now.Riding bikes is clean and healthy.可知这里指人们改变了生活方式,结合句意:我们改变我们的生活方式.故选B.9:A 考查介词.A.on需要后跟冠词或形容词性物主代词+bike;B.by+bike骑自行车;C.with 用;D.ride动词.根据go to work,可知这里已经有动词了,故用介词短语,结合后面的their bikes,只能用on,故选A.10:D 考查介词.A.with和…一起 B.in在里面 C.has有 D.without没有,根据前文a green world,可知是一个没有污染的绿色世界,故选D.6.My chance came at last.Our school was going to hold a sports meeting.I knew what it (1)D to me so I got up very early to prepare for it.I(2)running and jumping.When I was (3)C,I(4)D myself of my promise and went on.As the time approached(靠近),I felt quite confident.On the first day I(5)fourth in the 1500 m race,but I was far from(6)A because what I wanted most was the highlight of the sports meeting﹣4 x 100 m relay race.I would run the last leg for my team.With a shot,the race began.All the students were (7)C for their team.The competition was so heated that I began to feel nervous.Before my turn came,my team was (8)D the others.Even worse,I almost dropped the stick when I was trying to (9)A it.But after that,there was nothing in my mind except to run as fast as possible.Just when I was approaching the finish line,my legs gave out.Then my (10)A came to mind again and urged(催促) me on.To my (11)C,I was the first to cross the finish line!(12)D,I had proved to myself and those who had often laughed at me that I am not (13) at all!My classmates greeted me warmly and I hugged them tightly.I had won the prize as well as their (14)C.From the sports meeting,I learnt that sometimes things are not so difficult as they(15)A to be.Just try your best without fear and you might be surprised at the result.(1)A.mattered B.held C.brought D.meant(2)A.exercised B.practiced C.chose D.tried(3)A.lazy B.sad C.tired D.hungry(4)A.braved B.told C.encouraged D.reminded(5)A.ended B.got C.came D.ran(6)A.pleased B.proud C.excited D.happy(7)A.heading B.racing C.cheering D.shouting(8)A.failing behind B.leading C.catching up with D.falling behind (9)A.catch B.hold C.pass D.take(10)A.promise B.coach C.teacher D.classmate(11)A.joy B.expectation C.surprise D.sadness(12)A.As a result B.After all C.Above all D.At last(13)A.bad B.weak C.slow D.lazy(14)A.congratulations B.support C.respect D.pride(15)A.seem B.choose C.look D.expect【分析】本文叙述了作者为了参加学校的运动会,积极去锻炼做准备.在运动上,在他的团队落后的情况下,他并不气馁,最后他的团队取得了第一名的好成绩.作者最后总结出:只要自己尽了最大的努力也许会有意想不到的好结果.【解答】1.D.考查动词.mattered 重要;held 举行;brought 带来;meant意味着.根据上文"Our school was going to hold a sports meeting"可知,我校要举办运动会.我知道这对我来说意味着什么.于是我早早起来准备.故选D.2.B.考查动词.exercised 锻炼;practiced 练习;chose 选择;tried尝试.根据语境可知,我练习跑步和跳跃.practice doing sth练习做某事.故选B.3.C.考查形容词.lazy懒惰的;sad伤心的;tired 疲倦的;hungry饥饿的.根据上文"I (2)running and jumping"可知,我练习跑步和跳跃.当我疲倦的时候,我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言.故选C.4.D.考查动词.braved 勇敢面对;told告诉;encouraged鼓励;reminded提醒.根据语境可知,当我疲倦的时候,我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言.remind sb of sth提醒某人某事.故选D.5.B.考查动词.ended 结束;got 得到;came 来到;ran跑.根据语境可知,第一天我在1500米赛跑中获得第四名.故选B.6.A.考查形容词.pleased高兴的(满意的);proud骄傲的;excited激动的;happy高兴的.根据语境可知,但是我并不满意,因为我想要的是运动会的最精彩部分﹣﹣4 x 100接力赛.故选A.7.C.考查现在分词.heading 朝着……前进;racing跑;cheering欢呼;shouting喊叫.根据语境可知,所有学生都为自己的队伍加油.故选C.8.D.考查现在分词短语.failing behind (错误短语);leading领导;catching up with赶上;falling behind落后于.根据语境可知,在轮到我跑之前,我的队伍落后于其他团队.故选D.9.A.考查动词.catch 接住(抓住);hold 举办(容纳);pass经过;take带走.根据语境可知,更糟糕的是,当我试图抓住接力棒的时候,我差点把它掉在地上.故选A.10.A.考查名词.promise诺言;coach教练;teacher老师;classmate同学.根据上文"When I was (3),I (4)myself of my promise and went on"可知,当我疲倦的时候,我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言.这时我脑中浮现了自己的诺言,它督促我继续前进.故选C.11.C.考查名词.joy欢乐;expectation 例外;surprise吃惊;sadness伤心.根据上文"Before my turn came,my team was (8)the others"和"Even worse,I almost dropped thestick when I was trying to (9)it"可知,在轮到我跑之前,我的队伍落后于其他团队.更糟糕的是,当我试图抓住接力棒的时候,我差点把它掉在地上.令我吃惊的是,我是第一个跨过终点线的.故选C.12.D.考查介词短语.As a result结果;After all 毕竟;Above all 首先;At last最后.根据语境可知,最终,我向自己和那些曾经嘲笑我的人证明了我并不弱.故选D.13.B.考查形容词.bad 坏的;weak 弱的;slow 慢的;lazy懒惰的.根据上文"To my (11),I was the first to cross the finish line"可知,令我吃惊的是,我是第一个跨过终点线的.最终,我向自己和那些曾经嘲笑我的人证明了我并不弱.故选B.14.C.考查名词.congratulations 祝贺;support 支持;respect 尊重;pride骄傲.根据上文"My classmates greeted me warmly and I hugged them tightly"可知,我的同学都对我表示热烈祝贺,我紧紧地拥抱他们.我赢得了奖励和他们的尊重.故选C.15.A.考查动词.seem看似;choose选择;look看;expect期待.根据语境可知,通过这次运动会,我懂得了,有时事情并不像它们表面上看起来那样困难.seem to do sth看上去.故选A.7.A man who lived a long time ago believed that he could read the future in the stars.He called himself an astrologer (占星家)(1)A,and his hobby is to spend his time at night gazing(凝视)at the(2)D.One evening after eating supper with his friends,he was walking(3)the open road outside the village. His eyes were fixed on the stars. He thought he saw there that the end of the world was at hand.(4), he went into a hole. It was(5)A of mud (泥)and water.There he stood up to his ears,in the muddy water,madly clawing (用手抓)at the sides of the(6)C. He tried his best to climb out of the hole(7)D he didn't make it.And then his cries for help soon brought the (8)A coming to the hole quickly. They (9)him out of the mud as hard as they could. One of the villagers said, "You always want to read the future in the stars, yet you(10)to see what is at your feet! This may teach you to pay(11)attention to what is right in front of you. Please let the future take care of(12)A."What use is it," said another, to read the stars,(13)A can't you see what is right here on the earth?" Take care of the little things first, and the(14) things will take care of themselves. The "astrologer"(15)to say and went home in silence. He felt very sad and shameful.(1)A. proudly B. easily C. happily D. luckily(2)A. sea B. sun C. moon D. sky(3)A. near B. along C. above D. with(4)A. Finally B. Suddenly C. Carefully D. Hardly(5)A. full B. filled C. empty D. kind(6)A. water B. mud C. hole D. road(7)A. if B. and C. so D. but(8)A. villagers B. friends C. parents D. neighbors(9)A. pushed B. pulled C. picked D. carried(10)A. treat B. fail C. stop D. wish(11)A. fewer B. more C. less D. worse(12)A. itself B. him C. you D. yourself(13)A. why B. when C. how D. where(14)A. loud B. big C. wise D. active(15)A. something B. nothing C. everything D. anything【分析】题讲述了一个故事,很久之前有一个人认为自己能根据星星来推测未来,并一直为未来担忧,一天晚上他独自在村外走路,想到星星预示着世界末日,便陷入沉思不能自拔,然后突然掉到臭水沟里,他尽力想爬出来,但是他做不到,只好呼救,被村里人救出之后,一个人劝说他应该管好眼前的事情,不要老想一些不着边际的事情,告诉我们整天预测未来不如关注当下.【解答】(1)A.考查副词及语境理解.A骄傲地;B容易地;C开心地;D幸运地;根据第一句he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来,应该是很骄傲地称呼自己为占星家,故答案为A.(2)D.考查名词及语境理解.A海洋;B太阳;C月亮;D天空;根据前文he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来,这里应该是凝视天空,故答案为D.(3)B.考查介词及语境理解.A附近;B沿着;C在…上方;D和;根据he was walking 可知一天晚上,他沿着村外的小路散步时,walk along沿着…走;故答案为B.(4)B.考查副词及语境理解.A最后;B突然;C小心地;D几乎不;根据下文he went into a hole掉进一个洞里,应该是突然,故答案为B.(5)A.考查形容词及语境理解.A满的;B充满;C空的;D和蔼的;根据It was(5)of mud (泥) and water.应该是充满了泥和水,be full of充满,故答案为A.(6)C.考查名词及语境理解.A水;B泥;C洞;D路;根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole开始奋力挣扎着沿湿滑的水坑边向上爬,故答案为C.(7)D.考查名词及语境理解.A如果;B和;C所以;D但是;根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole(7)he didn't make it前面说想爬出来,后面说做不到,表转折,故选D.(8)A.考查名词及语境理解.A村民;B朋友;C父母;D邻居;根据前文villagers often came to him可知他的呼救声被村民们听到了,他们纷纷跑到水坑边来施救,故答案为A.(9)B.考查动词及语境理解.A推;B拉;C捡;D携带;根据They(9)him out of the mud as hard as they could应该是尽力往外拉,故选B.(10)B.考查动词及语境理解.A款待;B失败,未能;C停止;D希望;根据You。

[精选]初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)共50篇

[精选]初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)共50篇

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.(1)A a small farm in Mexico,there are (2)D schools.A bus is the school.The driver of the bus is the teacher.It's a school bus,but it doesn't take the children (3)D school.It just goes round from place to place,and sometimes it comes to this farm.The bus will stay here (4) three months.The farmers (5)A it a school on wheels (车轮).Every time when the bus comes,the farmers will come,running to (6)C,shouting and laughing.They warmly welcome the school bus.When the bus is on the farm,in the (7)A,the teacher teaches the small children.In the afternoon,the(8) children come to have their lessons because they (9)C work in the morning.At night,the fathers and mothers come to school.They want (10),too.How the farmers hope that some day they can have a real school on their farm!(1)A.On B.Across C.At D.Over(2)A.a few B.some C.many D.no(3)A.go to B.from C. /D.to(4)A.in B.for C.after D.during(5)A.call B.calls C.make D.makes(6)A.her B.him C.it D.them(7)A.morning B.noon C.afternoon D.evening(8)A.big B.bigger C.small D.smaller(9)A.can B.may C.must D.should(10)A.learn B.to learn C.learned D.learning【分析】本文章主要讲述了在墨西哥的一个小农场里,没有学校.公共汽车是学校.公共汽车的司机是老师.这是校车,但不带孩子上学.它只是从一个地方到另一个地方,农民们多么希望有一天他们的农场能有一所真正的学校!【解答】(1)A 考查介词.A.On在上面 B.Across对面 C.At在…D.Over超过,根据a small farm,可知在农场上用介词on,故选A.(2)D 考查副词.A.a few一些 B.some一些 C.many很多 D.no没有,根据A bus is the school.公交车就是学校,说明没有学校,故选D.(3)D 考查介词.A.go to去B.from来自C./ D.to到…,根据take the children…school,是只把学生带到学校.take sb to…把某人带到…故选D.(4)B 考查介词.A.in在里面 B.for为了 C.after在…之后 D.during在…期间,根据The bus will stay here…three months,是指公交车在那停留三个月.for接时间段.故选B.(5)A 考查动词.A.call称呼 B.calls称呼,第三人称单数形式 C.make制造 D.makes 制造,第三人称单数形式,根据The farmers…,it a school on wheels (车轮).是指农民称呼它为车轮,故选A.(6)C 考查代词.A.her她 B.him她 C.it它 D.them他们,根据the bus comes,可知此处是指人们跑向公交车,用it代替,故选C.(7)A 考查名词.A.morning早晨 B.noon中午 C.afternoon下午 D.evening晚上,根据后文的because they (9)C work in the morning,可知此处说的是早晨.故选A.(8)B 考查形容词.A.big大B.bigger更大C.small小D.smaller更小,根据the…children come to have their lessons,结合语境,可知此处是指较大的孩子来上课,故选B.(9)C 考查情态动词.A.can可以B.may可能C.must必须D.should应该,根据In the afternoon,the…children come to have their lessons because they…work in the morning.可知此处是指:下午,较大的孩子来上课,因为早上他们要干活,故选C.(10)B 考查动词.A.learn学习,动词原形B.to learn不定式C.learned过去式D.learning动名词,根据want,可知want to do sth想做某事,故选B.2.Welcome to London.You may visit many interesting(36)C here.The River Thames is a very beautiful river.Many boats and ships come and go (37)A it.Many people from other countries go on boat trips here.One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge.Boats (38)D Tower Bridge every half an hour.Tower Bridge is a famous bridge in the world(39) it is near the Tower of London,Tower Bridge gets its (40)C.You can (41)C across Tower Bridge at any time.Hyde Park is in the center of the(42)D.It's a great city park in the world.It (43)A very beautiful.You can enjoy swimming,boating,bike riding and skating here.London has a lot of museums and some of(44)D are free.It's a good place for you to visit.I'm sure you'll (45) a good time there.36.A.people B.rooms C.places D.animals37.A.on B.with C.at D.for38.A.lie B.clean C.find D.leave39.A.If B.Because C.When D.So40.A.history B.river C.name D.boat41.A.play B.dance C.walk D.work42.A.school B.street C.house D.city43.A.looks B.feels C.tastes D.sees44.A.us B.you C.it D.them45.A.tell B.have C.design D.listen.【分析】本文主要介绍了伦敦的风景.泰晤士河很美,上面有来来去去的船.塔桥是世界上最著名的桥之一,因为附近的伦敦塔而得名.海德公园也在市中心,是世界上最好的城市公园之一.伦敦有很多世界级的博物馆.【解答】36.C.考查名词辨析. people 人; rooms 房间;places 地方; animals 动物.根据题干关键词"here"指上文提到的London,可知该句句意是:你也许在那参观很多有趣的地方.因"many" 很多,修饰可数名词复数;"interesting"有趣的,是形容词,可修饰名词,所以该空填名词"places",故选C.37.A.考查介词辨析.on 在……上面;with 和;at 在(时间的某一点);for为,给.题干中的关键词"it"指的是上一句的'The River Thames"泰晤士河,所以可推知该句的意思是:许多船舶在它上面来来去去.因此该空填介词on,故选A.38.D.考查动词辨析.lie 躺;clean 清洁;find 找到;leave离开.根据前一句可知:One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge.可知一种最好的旅游船可从塔桥到西敏桥.而题干中的关键词"Boats "指的就是最好的旅游船,所以可推知:船每隔半小时发一次,即:船每隔半小时离开塔桥.又因本句是主谓宾结构,主语boats是复数形式,故选D.39.B.考查连词.if 如果,可引导条件状语从句;because 因为,引导原因状语从句;when 什么时候,引导时间状语从句;so因此,引导结果状语从句.根据分句: it is near the Tower of London,句意:它离伦敦塔很近.根据分句: Tower Bridge gets its …句意:塔桥出名.前后两个分句是因果关系,前因后果,所以用because来引导,故选B.40.C.考查名词辨析.history历史;river 河;name 名字;boat船.根据前一句Because it is near the Tower of London.因为它离伦敦塔很近.可知所以塔桥出名,又因关键词"its"它的,是形容词性的物主代词,可修饰名词,故选C.41.C.考查动词辨析. play玩; dance 跳舞;walk 步行;work工作.根据题干可知固定短语:walk across步行穿过,又因关键词"can" 是情态动词,后面加动词原形,故选C.42.D.考查名词辨析. school 学校;street 街道;house 房子; city城市.根据后一句:It's a great city park in the world.可知海德公园是世界上的一个伟大的城市公园.所以可推知该句的句意是:海德公园在这个城市的中心.又因定冠词"the"可修饰名词,故选D.43.A.考查感官动词.looks 看; feels 感觉;tastes 尝; sees看到.根据题干关键词"It "指"Hyde Park"海德公园,可知它看起来非常的漂亮.又因该句是主系表结构,所以可用感官动词做系动词,结合选项,故选A.44.D.考查人称代词.us 我们,宾格形式;you你,你们;it 它;them它们,是宾格形式.根据分句:London has a lot of museums.:伦敦有很多博物馆.可知后面分句的意思是:它们中的一些是免费的.又因some of 后面可加人称代词的宾格形式,故选D.45.B.考查动词辨析.tell 告诉;have 有;design 设计;listen听.根据题干可知固定搭配:have a good time 玩的高兴,过得愉快.又因助动词"will"后面加动词原形,故选B.3.Mike's New BikeMike looked at the midday sky.He had been working since sunrise and was taking a (1).Mike had been working all summer to earn enough money for a new bike.His ancient,beaten﹣up bike was a total embarrassment.But his mom said they couldn't(2)C a new one.Eventhough Mike knew she was(3)A,he shouted back at her in great disappointment, "You never give me anything!"He only needed fifty more dollars.Mr.Painter had(4)him forty dollars to dig a new drainage ditch (排水沟),and he wanted to stop the(5)C in his rose garden.Mr.Painter wanted the new ditch to run parallel to the old one,but Mike didn't think that would be(6)C in heavy rains.So he suggested another plan to direct the rainwater away from the house.Mike noticed Mr Painter (7)D him from behind a curtain.He knew Mr.Painter was an old grouch(爱抱怨的人) he would take away that little break from his pay.(8)C he returned to his work,Mike waved.M.Painter acknowledged the wave and disappeared.Mike kept working until mid﹣afternoon without a rest.Then Mr Painter came out for an inspection (视察)."Why don't you stop for today and get a fresh(9)tomorrow?""I'd rather finish up," replied Mike. "It's supposed to(10)D tonight,and I'd like to have it work before the next storm."About six﹣thirty,Mike (11) the last pipe in place.As he was returning the tools to the garage,Mr.Painter came out of the house and(12)D up,"Mike,you're an enthusiastic young man.I don't see many young people these days who (13) about their work." He handed Mike an envelope and left.When Mike opened the envelope,he found three twenty﹣dollar bills.He ran to (14)A Mr.Painter and started to hand one back to him.Mr Painter declined the offer."Take it as (15) for keeping an old man from trouble." And then he went to inspect his roses.(1)A.holiday B.break C.chance D.job(2)A.ride B.borrow C.afford D.make(3)A.right B.rude C.wise D.cruel(4)A.handed B.offered C.lent D.saved(5)A sunlight B.growing C.flooding D.dirt(6)A.necessary B.basic C.effective D.natural(7)A.stopping B.ordering C.meeting D.watching(8)A.Once B.While C.As D.Though(9)A.pay B.start C.idea D.look(10)A.snow B.blow C.thunder D.rain(11)A.hung B.laid C.dropped D.cut(12)A.cleaned B.called C.stood D.walked(13)A.ask B.care C.set D.learn(14)A catch B.beg C.serve D.blame(15)A.spirits B.thanks C.excuses D.lessons【分析】本文主要讲的是Mike努力赚钱买一辆自行车的故事.【解答】1﹣5:BCABC 6﹣10:CDCBD 11﹣15:BDBAB1.B 考查名词辨析,A假期;B休息;C机会;D工作;根据上文中说的He had been working,可知他在长时间工作后需要休息,故选B.2.C 考查动词辨析,Ride骑;borrow借;afford付得起;make制造.分析语境But his mom said they couldn't(2)a new one并结合各个选项的意思应该不能买得起,可知选C.3.A 考查形容词辨析,right正确的;Rude粗鲁的;wise有智慧的;cruel残忍的.分析语境Even though Mike knew she was(3),he shouted back at her in great disappointment,"You never give me anything后面说你从未给我买过任何东西,前面应该是你是对的,买不起任何东西,可知选A.4.B 考查动词辨析,hand移交;offer提供;lend(lent是其过去式)借出;save节省.分析文意,由下文可知麦克是帮Painter先生挖排水沟,故作为酬劳,Painter先生是给他40美元的,故选B.5.C 考查名词辨析,A阳光;B生长;C淹没;D污垢;可知Painter先生请麦克帮他挖排水沟,主要是因为原来的那个有问题,在下雨的时候排水不好,把花园都淹没了(flood),故选C.6.C 考查形容词,Necessary有必要的;basic主要的;effective有效的;natural自然地.根据 Mr.Painter wanted the new ditch to run parallel to the old one,but Mike didn't think that would be(6)in heavy rains.Painter先生希望这条新水渠平行于旧水渠,但迈克认为大雨不会…并结合各个选项的意思,应该是不会有效,可知应选C.7.D 考查动词辨析,A阻止;B命令;C遇见;D观看;根据下文所写的Mr.Painter was an old grouch,可知Mr.Painter对麦克的工作的要求严格,因此可推测麦克在工作的时候,Mr.Painter是在家的窗帘后面看着(watch)他的,故选D.8.C 考查副词辨析,Once一旦;As当;While一边…;Though虽然.根据he returned to his work,Mike waved.应该是当他返回工作,as引导的时间状语从句,可知选C.9.B 考查动词辨析,A付钱;B开始;C主意;D看;根据前文的stop for today,以及下文的tomorrow,可推断Mr.Painter是建议麦克今天停下来休息一下,明天再开始(start),故选B.10.D 考查动词辨析,A下雪;B吹;C打雷;D下雨;根据后面and I'd like to have it work before the next storm我想让它在下一场风暴之前工作,应该是今天要下雨,故选择D.11.B 考查动词辨析,Laid(lay的过去式)放置;hung(hang的过去式)挂,吊;drop掉落;cut切.根据此上下文的意思,可知About six﹣thirty,Mike (11)the last pipe in place 当时麦克是把最后的一根排水管放在合适的位置,故选B.12.D 考查动词辨析,A打扫;B叫;C站;D步行;根据此空格前的一句Mr.Painter came out of the house从房子出来,可推断Mr.Painter是走了出来,故答案选D.13.B 考查动词辨析.A问;B在乎;C建立;D学习,Care about的意思是"关心,喜欢",根据上下文的语境 I don't see many young people these days who (13)about their work."我认为现在许多年轻人对他们的工作不关心,可知选B.14.A 考查动词辨析,catch赶上;beg乞求;serve服务;blame责怪.联系上下文可知此处由于Mr.Painter多给了麦克20美元,故麦克要追上他想把多出来的钱还给他,故选A.15.B 考查名词辨析,A灵魂;B感谢;C借口;D课程;联系上下文,可知Mr.Painter 是很感谢和欣赏麦克工作是细心,故他多给他20美元作为感谢(thanks),故选B.4.Once there lived two brothers.The elder was called Simon and the younger Victor.They (36)C each other very much,and always took care of one another.Every day they worked from morning(37)A night,getting as much grain(谷物) as possible from their fields.One late autumn evening,after their work in the(38)was done,Simon said to his wife,"Victor got married last month.He has many bills(账单) to pay.I think I will put a bag of rice in his barn(谷仓).""Oh,that's a good idea,"said his wife."But please don't tell him,"said Simon,"If he knows I put the rice there,he will(39)A take it."So,late that night Simon took a bag of rice to Victor's barn.The next day,while looking at his own barn,he found(40)D strange."I took a bag of rice to Victor's house last night,(41)C I still have the same number of bags in my barn.(42)A did that happen?" Simon decided to take another bag of rice to his brother's barn that night.But the next morning,he found the(43)D number of bags in his barn again!"This is very strange,"he thought.That night he(44)D again.He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder; and walked down the road to his younger brother's house.In the bright moonlight,he could see another (45) coming down the road.He was carrying something on his(46) too."Younger Brother!"Simon cried,"What are you doing?""I was (47)D you,Older Brother,"said Victor,"Your family is(48)C than mine.I thought you needed more rice."The two brothers quickly(49)that they had been taking rice to each other.They(50)A what had happened."It is good to have a brother like you,"they both said.And they lived happily ever after.36.A.disliked B.hated C.loved D.enjoyed37.A.until B.at C.through D.with38.A.shops B.fields C.hospitals D.factories39.A.never B.sometimes C.usually D.ever40.A.everything B.anything C.nothing D.something41.A.so B.and C.but D.or42.A.How B.What C.Why D.Where43.A.small B.different C.huge D.same44.A.planned B.failed C.hoped D.tried45.A.brother B.person C.sister D.wife46.A.back B.shoulder C.head D.hand47.A.proud of B.polite to C.angry with D.worried about 48.A.smaller B.richer C.larger D.happier49.A.remembered B.realized C.imagined D.explained50.A.laughed about B.dreamed about C.pointed at D.shouted at.【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了一对亲密的兄弟,他们都看到了对方的困难,想法来帮助对方.正是这种无私的兄弟之情让这对兄弟生活得很幸福.【解答】答案:36.C 考查动词.根据下文always took care of one another,结合选项,dislike"不喜欢";loved爱;hate"憎恨";enjoy"欣赏",可知他们互相友爱.love 意为"爱,关爱",全文是一般过去时,所以用过去式,loved.故选C.37.A 考查固定结构.根据下文getting as much gain"获得更多的粮食,结合选项,Until直到;at 在时间空间的一点;through通过;with 带有,伴随,和.可知他们每天都从早上工作直到晚上.from…until 为固定搭配,意为"从…直到…",故选A.38.B 考查名词.根据上文getting as much gain(谷物) as possible from their fields"从田里获得尽可能多的粮食,结合选项,Shops商店;fields田地;hospitals医院;factories工厂.可知他们的工作是在田野间.field 意为"田野",由于不止一块田地,所以要用复数形式 fields,故选B.39.A 考查副词.根据上文But please don't tell him"不要告诉他,结合选项,Never从来不,永远不;sometimes有时;usually通常;ever曾经,永远.可知本句指的是,如果他知道了,他永远不会取用它.故选A.40.D 考查不定代词.根据he found…strange."结合选项,something一些东西,一般用于肯定句及表示请求建议等含义的疑问句中;anything也是表示一些东西,任何东西,一般用于否定及疑问句中.Nothing没有东西,用于肯定句表示否定含义;everything每件东西;修饰这些不定代词的形容词一般放在这些词的后面.可知他发现一些奇怪的事情.故选D.41.C考查连词.根据上文"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house"取走了一袋,而现在一袋都不少,结合选项,So因此;and和,并且;but但是;or或者,否则.可知前后是转折关系,"我"拿了一袋米去Victor 家,但是我"还有那么多袋米.故选C.42.A考查疑问词.根据…did that happen?"结合选项,How如何,怎样;What什么;Why为什么;Where在哪儿.可知那是如何发生的呢.故选A.43.D 考查形容词.根据下文This is very strange"很奇怪,结合选项,Small小的;different 不同的;huge巨大的;same 相同的.可知第二天早上,他在仓库里又发现了相同的数量的米.故选D.44.D 考查动词.根据下文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder (肩膀);and walked down the road to his younger brother's house,结合选项,planned 计划;failed失败,不及格;hoped希望;tried尽力,尝试.可知那天晚上,他又再次尝试.try 意为"尝试",结合全文时态可知此处应为过去时,故选D.45.B 考查名词.根据下文coming down the road",结合选项,Brother兄弟;person人;sister姐妹;wife妻子.可知在明亮的月光下,他看见另一个人走在路上.故选B.46.B考查名词.根据上文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder (肩膀),结合选项,Back背部;shoulder肩膀;head头;hand 手.可知那个人也扛了东西在肩膀上.故选B.47.D 考查固定搭配.根据下文Older Brother,"said Victor,"Your family is…than mine.I thought you needed more rice."你的家庭比我的家庭…,我认为你需要更多的米,结合选项,proud of为…感到骄傲;strict with对…严厉;angry with对…感到生气;worried about 为…担心.可知"我"担心你,哥哥.be worried about sb.为固定搭配,意为"为某人担忧",故选D.48.C 考查形容词.根据下文I thought you needed more rice 我还以为你需要更多的米饭,结合选项,Smaller更小的;richer 更富有的;larger更大的;happier更高兴的.可知你的家庭比我的家庭更大.故选C.49.B 考查动词.根据The two brothers quickly…that they had been taking rice to each other.结合选项,Remembered记得;imagined想象;realized 意识到;explained解释,说明.可知,两兄弟很快意识到他们互相把米带给了对方.realize 意为"意识到",结合全文时态可知此处因为过去时,故选B.50.A 考查固定搭配.根据They…what had happened."结合选项,laughed about嘲笑,笑对;dreamed about梦到;shouted at对…大喊;complained about抱怨.可知对于把米带给到对方家里去的事情他们都笑了.laugh about sth为固定搭配,意为"因为(某事)而笑",结合全文时态此处应为过去时,故选A.5.How do you go to school?Some students may answer,"By car".Maybe some others will look at them through green glasses (羡慕地).You needn't feel(1)A if you have no cars.It's true that cars are(2).Many people find it hard to think about(3)life will be like if they have no cars.But now more people know that too many cars bring great(4)D.They make streets too(5)C.People are trying to stop pollution (污染)from cars.One way is to make(6)A cars.But it (7)D much to make these cars.And more people think about better ways.We can(8) our lifestyle.A lot of Americans go to work(9)A their bikes now.Riding bikes is clean and healthy.It helps people get strong.Let's try together!I hope we can live in a green world (10)D pollution some day.(1)A.bad B.good C.well D.better(2)A.interesting B.important C.difficult D.dangerous(3)A.how B.what C.why D.where(4)A.lessons B.fun C.skills D.problems(5)A.small B.clean C.busy D.modern(6)A.green B.red C.yellow D.white(7)A.takes B.spends C.pays D.costs(8)A.have B.change C.enjoy D.make(9)A.on B.by C.with D.ride(10)A.with B.in C.has D.without【分析】本文叙述了由于现在人们的车辆多了,给社会带来了一些污染的问题,需要引起全世界人的重视,如果生产环保的车造价太高,我们可以通过改变我们的生活方式来改变这一切.【解答】ABBDC ADBAD1:A 考查形容词.A.bad糟糕的,不好;B.good好的;C.well好;D.better更好.根据if you have no cars,可知没有车会感觉不好,结合句意:如果你没有车,你不必觉得不好,故选A.2:B 考查形容词.A.interesting有趣的;B.important 重要的;C.difficult 困难的;D.dangerous危险的.根据Many people find it hard to think about life will be like if they have no cars.可知车是重要的,故选B.3:B 考查疑问词.A.how 怎样;B.what什么;C.why为什么;D.where哪里.根据题干,可知这里缺少like的宾语,所以用what作宾语,结合句意:许多人发现很难想象如果没有车生活会使什么样子.故选B.4:D 考查名词.A.lessons功课;B.fun 有趣;C.skills技巧;D.problems问题.根据They make streets too .可知这里指车带来的问题,结合句意:但是现在越多的人知道太多的车可能带来大的问题,故选D.5:C 考查形容词.A.small小的;B.clean干净的;C.busy忙的;D.modern 现代的.根据常识可知车辆多了,肯定街道繁忙,结合句意:他们使街道太繁忙.故选C.6:A 考查形容词.A.green绿色的;B.red 红色的;C.yellow黄色的;D.white白色的.根据People are trying to stop pollution (污染) from cars.可知人们正在努力阻止来自汽车的污染,结合句意:一个方法是生产环保的车.故选A.7:D 考查动词.A.takes花费,常常用it作主语;B.spends花费,常用人作主语;C.pays付钱,常用句型:sb pay+钱数+for sth;D.costs花费,常用物或事情作主语.根据题干,这里it是形式主语,真正的主语是to make these cars,故选D.8:B 考查动词.A.have有;B.change改变;C.enjoy 喜欢;D.make制造.根据A lot of Americans go to work bike now.Riding bikes is clean and healthy.可知这里指人们改变了生活方式,结合句意:我们改变我们的生活方式.故选B.9:A 考查介词.A.on需要后跟冠词或形容词性物主代词+bike;B.by+bike骑自行车;C.with 用;D.ride动词.根据go to work,可知这里已经有动词了,故用介词短语,结合后面的their bikes,只能用on,故选A.10:D 考查介词.A.with和…一起 B.in在里面 C.has有 D.without没有,根据前文a green world,可知是一个没有污染的绿色世界,故选D.6.Food is important.Everyone needs to(31)D well if he or she wants to have a strong body.Our minds (心灵)also need a kind of food.This kind of(32)C is knowledge.We begin to get knowledge(知识) even when we are young.Small children are (33)A in everything around them.They learn(34)when they are watching and listening.When they are getting older they begin to(35)D story books,science books and anything else they like.When they find something new,they have to ask questions and (36)A to find out the answers.What is the best(37)C to get knowledge?If we learn(38)D ourselves,we will get the most knowledge.If we are(39)getting answers from others and don't ask why,we will never learn more and understand(40)D.31.A.sleep B.read C.drink D.eat32.A.sport B.exercise C.food D.meat33.A.interested B.interesting C.weak D.good34.A.everything B.something C.nothing D.anything35.A.lend B.write C.learn D.read36.A.try B.have C.think D.wait37.A.place B.school C.way D.road38.A.on B.with C.to D.by39.A.seldom B.always C.certainly D.sometimes40.A.harder B.much C.well D.better.【分析】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样,我们的大脑也需要营养,那就是不断地学习知识.人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同,但是最好的学习方式是自学,这样可以保证你学到最多的知识.【解答】31.D.考查动词.A睡觉;B读;C喝;D吃;根据上文"Food is very important"可知要想拥有一个强壮的身体,每个人必须吃好.eat意为"吃",句意:如果想要拥有健壮的身体,每个人都需要吃好.故选D.32.C.考查名词.A运动;B锻炼;C食物;D肉;根据下文"We begin to get knowledge even when we are young."可推出大脑需要的事物是知识.knowledge意为"知识",句意:这种食物是知识.故选C.33.A.考查形容词.A感兴趣的;B有趣的;C弱的;D好的;根据下文"When they find something new,they have to ask questions and ___ to find out the answers."可推出此处是说对"对周围的一切都感兴趣".be interested in是固定搭配,意为"对……感兴趣",句意:小孩子们对他们周围的一切都感兴趣.故选A.34.B.考查代词.A所有的;B一些;C没有什么;D任何;根据后半句"while they are watching and listening"可知孩子们在耳听眼观的过程中经常会学到一些东西.everything过于绝对化,nothing、anything 不合文意,应选 something.故选B.35.D.考查动词.A借;B写;C学习;D读;根据空后"science books,storybooks"可知此处是说读书.read意为"读",句意:当他们长大些,它们开始读科学书、故事书和其他任何他们喜欢的书籍.故选D.36.A.考查动词.A尝试;B有;C想;D等;根据"When they find something new"结合选项可知他们尝试找到答案,"try to do sth."是固定搭配,意为"尝试做某事".句意:当他们找到一些新事物,他们不得不问问题并试着弄清楚答案.故选A.37.C.考查名词.A地方;B学校;C方法;D路;根据下文中提到的自核和从别人那里学习,可推出此处是说"获取知识的最好方法".way意为"方式,方法",句意:获取知识的最好方法是什么?故选C.38.D.考查介词.A在…上;B和;C到;D由;根据题干中"learn ____ ourselves"及选项可知此处用learn by oneself,是固定搭配,意为"自学".句意:如何我们自学,我们将获得最多知识.故选D.39.B.考查副词.A很少;B总是;C一定;D有时;根据题干中"are ____ getting answers from others"可推出此处用be always doing sth.,是固定搭配,意为"总是做某事".句意:如果我们总是从别人那里获取答案而不问为什么,……故选B.40.D.考查比较级.A更难;B很多;C好;D更好;根据题干中"we will never learn more and understand ____"可推出这里需要用比较级与前面的more构成并列的比较级.better意为"更好",句意:……,我们将不能学得更多、理解得更好.故选D.7.Two travelling angels stopped to spend the night in the home of a wealthy family.The family was rude and(1)to let the angels stay in the guest room.(2)C,the angels were given a space in the cold basement (地下室).As they made their bed on the hard floor,the older angel saw a hole in the wall and (3)D it.When the younger angel asked (4)D,the older angel replied, "Things aren't always what they seem."The next night,the angels came to (5)at the house of a very poor,but very kind farmer and his wife.After(6)D what little food they had,the couple let the angels sleep in their bed where they could have a good night's rest.When the sun came up the next morning,the angels found the farmer and his wife in (7)A.Their only(8),lay dead in the field.The younger angel was(9)C and asked the older angel,"How could you let this happen?The first man had (10)A,yet you helped him.The second family had little but was (11)A to share everything,and you let the cow die.""Things aren't always what they seem," the older angel (12)D."When we stayed in the basement,I(13)C there was gold stored in that hole in the wall.Since the owner didn't want to share his good fortune(财富),I sealed (密封)the wall(14)he couldn't find it.Then last night as we slept in the farmer's bed,the angel of(15)C came for his wife.I gave him the cow instead."(1)A.agreed B.refused C.promised D.allowed(2)A.Moreover B.Instead of C.Instead D.And(3)A.used B.changed C.hid D.repaired(4)A.what B.how C.who D.why(5)A.visit B.rest C.work D.meet(6)A.selling B.sending C.getting D.sharing(7)A.tears B.hanger C.fear D.joy(8)A.child B.cow C.dog D.friend(9)A.afraid B.sad C.angry D.nervous(10)A.everything B.something C.anything D.nothing(11)A.willing B.tired C.worried D.unwilling(12)A.told B.talked C.stopped D.replied(13)A.supposed B.forgot C.noticed D.looked(14)A.until B.so that C.because D.but(15)A.wealth B.luck C.death D.pain【分析】文章介绍了有两个旅行的天使第一个晚上住在了一个富人的家里,富人让他们住在地窑里,这两个天使在休息的时候发现地窑的墙上有个洞,就把它堵上了.第二天住在了一个穷人的家里,虽然穷,但他们拿出了他们很有限的食物和天使一起吃,让他们好好地休息.不幸的是,这个穷人家里唯一的收入,一头奶牛死了,一个天使就问为什么不帮这个穷人.另一个天使说,那个富人太贪婪,我就把那个储藏金子的洞堵上了,而死神是要把穷人的一妻子带走的,而我就跟上帝说,让那头奶牛代替了那个妻子的命,所以人看到的都是表面现象.【解答】(1)B.考查动词辨析,由上文的The family was rude可知,这家人拒绝让天使待在客房,A同意,B拒绝,C承诺,D允许,故答案为B.(2)C.考查副词辨析,由下文的in the cold basement可知,取而代之,天使被安排在寒冷的地下室里,A而且,B而不是,C取而代之,D并且,instead of后需接宾语,故答案为C.(3)D.考查动词辨析,由下文的I sealed (密封) the wall可知,年长的天使看到墙上有一个洞就补了它,A使用,B改变,C隐藏,D修理,故答案为D.(4)D.考查疑问词的辨析,由下文的the older angel replied,"Things aren't always what they seem."可知,年轻天使问为什么,A什么,B如何,C谁,D为什么,故答案为D.(5)B.考查动词辨析,由下文的at the house of a very poor,but very kind farmer and his wife可知,第二天,天使来到一家非常穷,但很善良的农民家休息,A拜访,B休息,C 工作,D遇到,故答案为B.(6)D.考查动名词辨析,由下文的to share everything可知,分享了仅有的一点食物,这对夫妻让天使们在他们的床上休息,A卖,B发送,C获得,D分享,故答案为D.(7)A.考查名词辨析,由下文的lay dead in the field可知,天使们发现农民和妻子流着。

(精选)初一英语完形填空专题练习(50篇)

(精选)初一英语完形填空专题练习(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.My(41)A home is in the country (乡下).The air there is fresh and it is (42).My house is very beautiful.(43)A at least three floors.There is a river (44)A my house and behind(45)is a big garden.I can(46)A trees and flowers in it.I like(47)C green everywhere and green is my(48)color.I like to work in the(49)and fish in the river.I'd like to invite my friends at my home.Then we can chat and play games.How (50)A we are!根据短文内容,选择填空:41.A.dream B.day C.dreams D.night42.A.quite B.quiet C.quietly D.quitely43.A.There are B.There is C.Have D.Has44.A.in front of B.in the front C.under D.on45.A.them B.it C.I D.my parents46.A.grow B.make C.read D.do47.A.saw B.look C.to see D.to look48.A.best B.favourite C.like D.faith49.A.park B.garden C.house D.home50.A.happy B.happily C.please D.unhappy.【分析】文章讲述了作者梦想的家是在农村,并介绍了在农村自由自在的生活状态.【解答】41.A 考查名词,A.dream梦想B.day天C.dreams梦想(复数)D.night晚上,根据题干home is in the country (乡下),可知表达的是我的梦想的家是在农村,此处是名词用作形容词,用单数形式,故选A.42.B 考查形容词,A.quite相当;完全B.quiet安静的(形容词)C.quietly安静地(分成)D.quitely错误表达,根据The air there is fresh 空气比较新鲜,推出没有车辆尾气的污染,此处是形容词,结合选项故,应该是安静的,故选B.43.A 考查there be句型,A.There are 有(表示某地有某物)B.There is有(表示某地有某物)C.Have有(人有)D.Has 有(人有),根据at least three floors,可知是我的房子有三层楼,用there be句型,处处是复数形式,故选A.44.A 考查短语,A.in front of在…前面(外部的前面)B.in the front在前面(内部的前面)C.under在下面 D.on在上面,根据题干There is a river(44)Amy house,推出河应该在家的前方,在外部的前面,故选A.45.B 考查代词,A.them他们B.it它C.I我D.my parents 我的父母,根据is a big garden,可知是在家的后面是个花园,家用代词it代替,故选B.46.A 考查动词,A.grow种植 B.make制造 C.read读 D.do做,根据trees and flowers in it,推出是在花园里种花种树,故选A.47.C 考查动词,A.saw看到,原形 B.look看,原形 C.to see看到,不定式 D.to look看,不定式,根据green everywhere,可知是指我喜欢看到到处都是绿色,look是不及物动词,应该用look at,故排除B D;结合like to do/doing sth喜欢做某事,故选C.48.B 考查形容词,A.best最好的B.favourite最喜欢的C.like喜欢D.faith信仰,根据前文I like(47)C green everywhere 可知我喜欢看到到处都是绿色,推出绿色是我最喜欢的颜色,故选B.49.B 考查名词,A.park公园B.garden花园C.house房子D.home家,根据I like to work in the,结合前文在花园里种花种树,推出是在花园里劳动,故选B.50.A 考查形容词,A.happy开心的(形容词)B.happily开心地(副词)C.please请D.unhappy不开心的,根据I'd like to invite my friends at my home.Then we can chat and play games.可知跟朋友一起聚会、聊天、做游戏,应该是很开心的,此处是形容词,故选A.2.If you are asked to recite (吟诵)lines of poetry that have the Chinese character "hua" which means "flower".How many lines could you recite?He Liran,a 13﹣year﹣old girl,had to take on this(1)D on a TV show held by Shandong TV.He Liran,a student from the Harvin No.163 Middle School(2)Heilongjiang Province,competed with over 100 other students.The competitors(3)C to recite lines of poetry that had the word "hua",with He Liran replying to each one.In the end,He Liran(4),reciting more than 60 out of the 127 lines in the competition.Her love of reading helped her win.Her father started reading to her (5)A she was just 4 years old.(6)D has been a bookworm (书虫) ever since.She is especially(7)in ancient poetry."The beautiful lines they feature refresh my thought and inspire (启发)me a lot.For example,I love Su Shi's(8)C.His optimism (乐观) influences me a lot," she said.Though she is busy with her schoolwork,she(9)A some time studying at least one poem each day.She thinks ancient poetry is still(10)C,even in modern times.Poems can be part of our daily life.(1)A.risk B.truth C.way D.challenge(2)A.on B.in C.at D.with(3)A.took down B.took place C.took turns D.took away(4)A.failed B.won C.cried D.left(5)A.when B.because C.if D.unless(6)A.I B.You C.He D.She(7)A.bored B.interested C.excited D.worried(8)A.paintings B.novels C.poems D.presents(9)A.spends B.takes C.pays D.costs(10)A.easy B.useless C.important D.boring【分析】这篇文章讲述了一个叫何丽然的女孩喜欢古诗,并在诗词大会上获胜的事.【解答】(1)D.名词辨析.risk危险;truth事实;way方法;challenge挑战.根据had to take on this﹣on a TV show 可知参加电视节目挑战.故选:D.(2)B.介词辨析.on在上面;in在里面;at在;with带有.根据Harvin No.163 Middle School﹣Heilongjiang Province.可知哈尔滨163中学在黑龙江省内.故选:B.(3)C.动词短语辨析.took down拒绝;took place发生;took turns轮流;took away带走.根据The competitors﹣ to recite lines of poetry.可知参赛者轮流背诵诗歌.故选:C.(4)B.动词辨析.failed失败;won获胜;cried哭;left离开.根据下文Her love of reading helped her win.可知何丽然获胜.故选:B.(5)A.从属连词辨析.when当…的时候;because因为;if如果;unless除非.根据Her father started reading to her ﹣she was just 4 years old.可知当她4岁的时候,她的父亲给他读诗.可知这是when引导的时间状语从句.故选:A.(6)D.代词辨析.I我;You你;He他;She她.根据He Liran,a 13﹣year﹣old girl.可知何丽然是一个女孩,用she指代.故选:D.(7)B.形容词辨析.bored厌烦的;interested有趣的;excited兴奋的;worried担心的.根据She is especially﹣in ancient poetry.可知她对古诗感兴趣.be interested in对某事感兴趣.故选:B.(8)C.名词辨析.paintings油画;novels小说;poems诗歌;presents礼物.根据I love Su Shi's﹣可知我喜欢苏轼的诗.故选:C.(9)A.动词辨析.spends花费;takes花费时间;pays支付;costs花费.根据she﹣some time studying at least one poem each day.她每天花一些时间至少学习一首诗歌.spend time doing something花时间做某事.故选:A.(10)C.形容词辨析.easy容易的;useless无用的;important重要的;boring令人厌烦的.根据下句Poems can be part of our daily life.可知她认为诗歌是重要的.故选:C.3.In a small village,there lived a potter(陶工).He had a donkey.Every day his donkey would(36)C soil from the field to his house.Since the field was quite far away,the potter would rest under a tree midway,(37)D his donkey nearby.One day,the potter forgot to take the (38)with which he tied the donkey every day.When he reached the tree,he thought,"How do I tie this donkey today?He might (39)A if I sleep." The potter decided to lie down(40) the donkey's ears so that the donkey would not run away.But(41) this way neither the donkey nor the potter was able to take a rest.A wise saint (圣人),who (42)D to be passing by,saw the potter holding on to the donkey's ears.Then the saint wanted to know what the problem of the potter was.When he was (43)what the problem was,the wise saint said, "Take the donkey to the place where you tie him every day.Pretend(假装) to tie him using a(n)(44)A rope.I promise you that he won't run away." The potter did what the saint had said.He left the donkey and went to take a rest.When he woke up,to his surprise,he found the donkey standing in the(45)C place.Soon the potter prepared to leave for home.(46) the donkey did not move. "What is wrong with this donkey?" shouted the potter in frustration.(47)C,the potter saw the wise saint again.He ran up to the saint and told him about the donkey's(48)D behavior.The saint said, "You tied up the donkey,but did you untie him?Go and pretend to untie the rope with which you had tied the donkey."The potter (49) the saint's advice.Now the donkey was ready to leave for home.The potter understood that donkey was a bonded(被束缚的) donkey.The potter thanked the wise saint and went home happily with his donkey.The donkey is stupid and (50)A are those people who can't get away from old habits.Sometimes,the unseen rope is more confining(束缚的)than the one that can be seen.36.A.take B.buy C.carry D.bring37.A.leading B.training C.feeding D.tying38.A.stick B.rope C.cloth D.silk39.A.run away B.give up C.run out D.turn around40.A.hitting B.holding C.hiding D.helping41.A.by B.in C.on D.with42.A.seemed B.appeared C.meant D.happened43.A.mentioned B.told C.asked D.advised44.A.safe B.soft C.imaginary D.fixed45.A.same B.similar C.special D.wrong46.A.And B.But C.Or D.So47.A.Happily B.Personally C.Luckily D.Unluckily48.A.proper B.funny C.proud D.strange49.A.offered B.followed C.received D.refused50.A.so B.neither C.also D.too【分析】略【解答】36﹣40 CDBAB 41﹣45 BDBCA 46﹣50 BCDBA4.How do you go to school?Some students may answer,"By car".Maybe some others will look at them through green glasses (羡慕地).You needn't feel(1)A if you have no cars.It's true that cars are(2).Many people find it hard to think about(3)life will be like if they have no cars.But now more people know that too many cars bring great(4)D.They make streets too(5)C.People are trying to stop pollution (污染)from cars.One way is to make(6)A cars.But it (7)D much to make these cars.And more people think about better ways.We can(8) our lifestyle.A lot of Americans go to work(9)A their bikes now.Riding bikes is clean and healthy.It helps people get strong.Let's try together!I hope we can live in a green world (10)D pollution some day.(1)A.bad B.good C.well D.better(2)A.interesting B.important C.difficult D.dangerous(3)A.how B.what C.why D.where(4)A.lessons B.fun C.skills D.problems(5)A.small B.clean C.busy D.modern(6)A.green B.red C.yellow D.white(7)A.takes B.spends C.pays D.costs(8)A.have B.change C.enjoy D.make(9)A.on B.by C.with D.ride(10)A.with B.in C.has D.without【分析】本文叙述了由于现在人们的车辆多了,给社会带来了一些污染的问题,需要引起全世界人的重视,如果生产环保的车造价太高,我们可以通过改变我们的生活方式来改变这一切.【解答】ABBDC ADBAD1:A 考查形容词.A.bad糟糕的,不好;B.good好的;C.well好;D.better更好.根据if you have no cars,可知没有车会感觉不好,结合句意:如果你没有车,你不必觉得不好,故选A.2:B 考查形容词.A.interesting有趣的;B.important 重要的;C.difficult 困难的;D.dangerous危险的.根据Many people find it hard to think about life will be like if theyhave no cars.可知车是重要的,故选B.3:B 考查疑问词.A.how 怎样;B.what什么;C.why为什么;D.where哪里.根据题干,可知这里缺少like的宾语,所以用what作宾语,结合句意:许多人发现很难想象如果没有车生活会使什么样子.故选B.4:D 考查名词.A.lessons功课;B.fun 有趣;C.skills技巧;D.problems问题.根据They make streets too .可知这里指车带来的问题,结合句意:但是现在越多的人知道太多的车可能带来大的问题,故选D.5:C 考查形容词.A.small小的;B.clean干净的;C.busy忙的;D.modern 现代的.根据常识可知车辆多了,肯定街道繁忙,结合句意:他们使街道太繁忙.故选C.6:A 考查形容词.A.green绿色的;B.red 红色的;C.yellow黄色的;D.white白色的.根据People are trying to stop pollution (污染) from cars.可知人们正在努力阻止来自汽车的污染,结合句意:一个方法是生产环保的车.故选A.7:D 考查动词.A.takes花费,常常用it作主语;B.spends花费,常用人作主语;C.pays付钱,常用句型:sb pay+钱数+for sth;D.costs花费,常用物或事情作主语.根据题干,这里it是形式主语,真正的主语是to make these cars,故选D.8:B 考查动词.A.have有;B.change改变;C.enjoy 喜欢;D.make制造.根据A lot of Americans go to work bike now.Riding bikes is clean and healthy.可知这里指人们改变了生活方式,结合句意:我们改变我们的生活方式.故选B.9:A 考查介词.A.on需要后跟冠词或形容词性物主代词+bike;B.by+bike骑自行车;C.with 用;D.ride动词.根据go to work,可知这里已经有动词了,故用介词短语,结合后面的their bikes,只能用on,故选A.10:D 考查介词.A.with和…一起 B.in在里面 C.has有 D.without没有,根据前文a green world,可知是一个没有污染的绿色世界,故选D.5.I first went to hear a live rock concert when I was eight years old.My brother and his friends were all(16)C of a heavy metal group called Black Wednesday.When they (17)that Black Wednesday were going to play at our town theatre,they all bought (18)D for the show.However,at the last minute,one of the friends couldn't go,so my brother(19)me the ticket.I was really excited!I remember the shouts of excitement inside the theatre as we all found our (20)A.After a few minutes,the lights went down and everybody became(21).I could hardly see clearly the stage in the (22)C.We waited.Then there was a big noise from the crowd,like an explosion,as the first members of the band (乐队)(23)D the stage.My brother leaned(倾斜)over and shouted something in my ear,but I couldn't (24) what he was saying.The first song was already starting and the music was as loud as a jet engine.I could (25)A the drum beats and the bass notes(音符)in my stomach.I can't recall (回忆) any of the songs that the band played.I just(26)D that I really enjoyed the show and didn't want it to (27)C.But in the end,after three more shows,it finished.We left the(28)and walked unsteadily(蹒跚)out onto the street.I felt alittle dizzy,as if I had just woken from a long sleep.My ears were still (29)C with the beat of the last song.After the show,I became a Black Wednesday fan too for a few years before getting into other kinds of music.Sometimes,however,I listen to one of their songs and(30)D I'm back at that first show.16.A.members B.friends C.fans D.volunteers17.A.guessed B.discovered C.thought D.considered18.A.flowers B.drinks C.clothes D.tickets19.A.booked B.offered C.returned D.found20.A.seats B.rocks C.places D.rooms21.A.comfortable B.quiet C.serious D.nervous22.A.silence B.noise C.darkness D.smoke23.A.fell over B.got out C.broke into D.stepped onto 24.A.forget B.hear C.repeat D.bear25.A.feel B.touch C.enjoy D.climb26.A.realize B.understand C.believe D.remember27.A.continue B.begin C.finish D.change28.A.party B.theatre C.opera D.stage29.A.singing B.burning C.ringing D.rising30.A.decide B.regret C.control D.imagine.【分析】短文讲述了作者在八岁时第一次听现场摇滚音乐会的经历和感受,让我喜欢上了它,以及后来我也成为那个Black Wednesday乐队的粉丝,但是再听这个乐队的乐曲时又会回忆起那个演唱会的情境.【解答】答案:16.C 考查名词词义.members成员;friends朋友;fans粉丝;volunteers志愿者.根据下文I became a Black Wednesday fan too for a few years".过了几年我也变成了Black Wednesday乐队的粉丝.可知我的哥哥和他的朋友们都是Black Wednesday乐队的粉丝.故选C.17.B 考查动词词义.guessed猜想;discovered发现; thought认为; considered考虑.根据后文that Black Wednesday were going to play at our town theatre,Black Wednesday 将要在我们当地的影院演出,可知应该是当他们发现,故选B.18.D 考查名词词义.flowers花; drinks饮料; clothes衣服; tickets票."ticket for…"固定搭配,表演的票.故选D.19.B 考查动词词义. booked预定;offered提供; returned返回; found发现.根据上文However,at the last minute,one of the friends couldn't go,因为离演出还有一分钟时有一个朋友不能去,可知我的哥哥就将票给了我.offered"主动提供".故选B.20.A 考查名词词义.seats座位;rocks发抖、摇摆;places地方;rooms房间.根据inside the theatre as we all found"在剧场里面",可知应是我们都找到座位.故选A.21.B 考查形容词词义.comfortable舒适的; quiet安静的; serious严重的; nervous紧张的.根据上文After a few minutes,the lights went down,几分钟后及其刚入场的嘈杂对比.可知现在要演出了,所以应是静下来了.故选B.22.C 考查名词词义.silence沉默;noise噪音;darkness黑暗;smoke烟.根据前文I could hardly see clearly the stage"我几乎不能辨认出舞台,可知因为太黑所以我看不清.故选C.23.D 考查动词短语.fell over落在;got out取出;broke into"闯入";stepped onto踏上、登上.根据前文as the first members of the band,作为乐队的第一个成员,及其前面的气氛,可知应该是踏上舞台,用"stepped onto".故选D.24.B 考查动词词义.forget忘记;hear听见;repeat重复;bear忍受.根据前文Then there was a big noise from the crowd,和shouted something in my ear,然后从人群中有一个巨大的声音,和在我耳边喊着,可知应该是我听不清他们说的什么,故选B.25.A 考查动词词义.feel感觉;touch接触;enjoy 喜欢;climb爬.根据后文the bass notes(音符)in my stomach.贝斯的声音在我的肚子里震动.可知应该是我能感觉到鼓点.故选A.26.D 考查动词词义.realize意识到;understand理解;believe相信;remember记得.根据前文I can't recall (回忆) any of the songs that the band played.我不能想起但是的一些歌曲.可知下文应该是我记得我很享受这个表演.故选D.27.C 考查动词词义.continue继续;begin开始; finish完成; change改变.根据前后文that I really enjoyed the show,我很享受这个演出,But in the end,after three more shows,it finished.但是最后三个节目还是结束了.可知应该是我不想它结束.故选C.28.B 考查名词词义.party聚会;theatre剧院;opera歌剧;stage舞台.根据第二段句子 inside the theatre在剧场里,可知现在结束后,应该是离开了剧场,故选B.29.C 考查动词词义.singing唱歌;burning 燃烧;ringing回响、振铃;rising上升.根据with the beat of the last song.最后一个歌曲的节奏.可知耳朵里仍鸣响着这个歌曲.耳朵响用"ringing".故选C.30.D 考查动词词义.decide决定;regret后悔;control控制;imagine想象.根据I'm back at that first show.可知又回到了当时那个现场.imagine 意为"想象".故选D.6.Food is important.Everyone needs to(31)D well if he or she wants to have a strong body.Our minds (心灵)also need a kind of food.This kind of(32)C is knowledge.We begin to get knowledge(知识) even when we are young.Small children are (33)A in everything around them.They learn(34)when they are watching and listening.When they are getting older they begin to(35)D story books,science books and anything else they like.When they find something new,they have to ask questions and (36)A to find out the answers.What is the best(37)C to get knowledge?If we learn(38)D ourselves,we will get the most knowledge.If we are(39)getting answers from others and don't ask why,wewill never learn more and understand(40)D.31.A.sleep B.read C.drink D.eat32.A.sport B.exercise C.food D.meat33.A.interested B.interesting C.weak D.good34.A.everything B.something C.nothing D.anything35.A.lend B.write C.learn D.read36.A.try B.have C.think D.wait37.A.place B.school C.way D.road38.A.on B.with C.to D.by39.A.seldom B.always C.certainly D.sometimes40.A.harder B.much C.well D.better.【分析】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样,我们的大脑也需要营养,那就是不断地学习知识.人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同,但是最好的学习方式是自学,这样可以保证你学到最多的知识.【解答】31.D.考查动词.A睡觉;B读;C喝;D吃;根据上文"Food is very important"可知要想拥有一个强壮的身体,每个人必须吃好.eat意为"吃",句意:如果想要拥有健壮的身体,每个人都需要吃好.故选D.32.C.考查名词.A运动;B锻炼;C食物;D肉;根据下文"We begin to get knowledge even when we are young."可推出大脑需要的事物是知识.knowledge意为"知识",句意:这种食物是知识.故选C.33.A.考查形容词.A感兴趣的;B有趣的;C弱的;D好的;根据下文"When they find something new,they have to ask questions and ___ to find out the answers."可推出此处是说对"对周围的一切都感兴趣".be interested in是固定搭配,意为"对……感兴趣",句意:小孩子们对他们周围的一切都感兴趣.故选A.34.B.考查代词.A所有的;B一些;C没有什么;D任何;根据后半句"while they are watching and listening"可知孩子们在耳听眼观的过程中经常会学到一些东西.everything过于绝对化,nothing、anything 不合文意,应选 something.故选B.35.D.考查动词.A借;B写;C学习;D读;根据空后"science books,storybooks"可知此处是说读书.read意为"读",句意:当他们长大些,它们开始读科学书、故事书和其他任何他们喜欢的书籍.故选D.36.A.考查动词.A尝试;B有;C想;D等;根据"When they find something new"结合选项可知他们尝试找到答案,"try to do sth."是固定搭配,意为"尝试做某事".句意:当他们找到一些新事物,他们不得不问问题并试着弄清楚答案.故选A.37.C.考查名词.A地方;B学校;C方法;D路;根据下文中提到的自核和从别人那里学习,可推出此处是说"获取知识的最好方法".way意为"方式,方法",句意:获取知识的最好方法是什么?故选C.38.D.考查介词.A在…上;B和;C到;D由;根据题干中"learn ____ ourselves"及选项可知此处用learn by oneself,是固定搭配,意为"自学".句意:如何我们自学,我们将获得最多知识.故选D.39.B.考查副词.A很少;B总是;C一定;D有时;根据题干中"are ____ getting answers from others"可推出此处用be always doing sth.,是固定搭配,意为"总是做某事".句意:如果我们总是从别人那里获取答案而不问为什么,……故选B.40.D.考查比较级.A更难;B很多;C好;D更好;根据题干中"we will never learn more and understand ____"可推出这里需要用比较级与前面的more构成并列的比较级.better意为"更好",句意:……,我们将不能学得更多、理解得更好.故选D.7.An old farmer lived with his grandson.Each morning,the grandfather got up early and read his Bhagavad Gita(薄迦梵歌).One day the grandson asked,"Grandpa!I try to read the book like you,(36)I can't understand it,and I forget it easily.What's the use of reading it?"The grandfather said,"Take this coal(煤炭) basket down to the (37)D and bring me back a basket of water."The boy did as his grandfather (38)A,but all the water ran(39)D he got home.The grandfather laughed,"You'll have to move faster next time."This time,the boy (40)A faster,but again the basket was empty.He told his grandfather that is was (41)A to carry water in a basket.He wanted to use a bottle instead,but the old man said,"I just want a basket of water.You're not (42)hard enough."The boy wanted to show his grandfather that the water would surely run.He again put the basket into the river and ran hard.But there wasn't anything in it again.He said (43)A,"Look,Grandpa,it's useless!""Watch the basket."said the grandfather.For the first time,the boy found the basket was different.It had changed from a dirty old coal basket into a(44) one,inside and out."Boy,you might not understand or remember (45)D when you read the book,but when you read it,you will be different,inside and out.That's what you got from it."36.A.so B.but C.or D.and37.A.house B.beach C.lake D.river38.A.said B.saw C.liked D.did39.A.as B.after C.until D.before40.A.ran B.rode C.drove D.flew41.A.difficult B.interesting C.impossible D.unimportant42.A.hitting B.trying C.holding D.studying43.A.sadly B.hopefully C.excitedly D.happily44.A.white B.clean C.new D.black45.A.nothing B.something C.anything D.everything【分析】略【解答】36﹣40 BDADA 41﹣45 ABABD8.A man who lived a long time ago believed that he could read the future in the stars.He called himself an astrologer (占星家)(1)A,and his hobby is to spend his time at night gazing(凝视)at the(2)D.One evening after eating supper with his friends,he was walking(3)the open road outside the village. His eyes were fixed on the stars. He thought he saw there that the end of the world was at hand.(4), he went into a hole. It was(5)A of mud (泥)and water.There he stood up to his ears,in the muddy water,madly clawing (用手抓)at the sides of the(6)C. He tried his best to climb out of the hole(7)D he didn't make it.And then his cries for help soon brought the (8)A coming to the hole quickly. They (9)him out of the mud as hard as they could. One of the villagers said, "You always want to read the future in the stars, yet you(10)to see what is at your feet! This may teach you to pay(11)attention to what is right in front of you. Please let the future take care of(12)A."What use is it," said another, to read the stars,(13)A can't you see what is right here on the earth?" Take care of the little things first, and the(14) things will take care of themselves. The "astrologer"(15)to say and went home in silence. He felt very sad and shameful.(1)A. proudly B. easily C. happily D. luckily(2)A. sea B. sun C. moon D. sky(3)A. near B. along C. above D. with(4)A. Finally B. Suddenly C. Carefully D. Hardly(5)A. full B. filled C. empty D. kind(6)A. water B. mud C. hole D. road(7)A. if B. and C. so D. but(8)A. villagers B. friends C. parents D. neighbors(9)A. pushed B. pulled C. picked D. carried(10)A. treat B. fail C. stop D. wish(11)A. fewer B. more C. less D. worse(12)A. itself B. him C. you D. yourself(13)A. why B. when C. how D. where(14)A. loud B. big C. wise D. active(15)A. something B. nothing C. everything D. anything【分析】题讲述了一个故事,很久之前有一个人认为自己能根据星星来推测未来,并一直为未来担忧,一天晚上他独自在村外走路,想到星星预示着世界末日,便陷入沉思不能自拔,然后突然掉到臭水沟里,他尽力想爬出来,但是他做不到,只好呼救,被村里人救出之后,一个人劝说他应该管好眼前的事情,不要老想一些不着边际的事情,告诉我们整天预测未来不如关注当下.【解答】(1)A.考查副词及语境理解.A骄傲地;B容易地;C开心地;D幸运地;根据第一句he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来,应该是很骄傲地称呼自己为占星家,故答案为A.(2)D.考查名词及语境理解.A海洋;B太阳;C月亮;D天空;根据前文he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来,这里应该是凝视天空,故答案为D.(3)B.考查介词及语境理解.A附近;B沿着;C在…上方;D和;根据he was walking 可知一天晚上,他沿着村外的小路散步时,walk along沿着…走;故答案为B.(4)B.考查副词及语境理解.A最后;B突然;C小心地;D几乎不;根据下文he went into a hole掉进一个洞里,应该是突然,故答案为B.(5)A.考查形容词及语境理解.A满的;B充满;C空的;D和蔼的;根据It was(5)of mud (泥) and water.应该是充满了泥和水,be full of充满,故答案为A.(6)C.考查名词及语境理解.A水;B泥;C洞;D路;根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole开始奋力挣扎着沿湿滑的水坑边向上爬,故答案为C.(7)D.考查名词及语境理解.A如果;B和;C所以;D但是;根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole(7)he didn't make it前面说想爬出来,后面说做不到,表转折,故选D.(8)A.考查名词及语境理解.A村民;B朋友;C父母;D邻居;根据前文villagers often came to him可知他的呼救声被村民们听到了,他们纷纷跑到水坑边来施救,故答案为A.(9)B.考查动词及语境理解.A推;B拉;C捡;D携带;根据They(9)him out of the mud as hard as they could应该是尽力往外拉,故选B.(10)B.考查动词及语境理解.A款待;B失败,未能;C停止;D希望;根据You pretend to read the future in the stars, and yet you ()to see what is at your feet可知你自称有占星预见未来的本事,怎么连脚下的路也看不清?故答案为B.(11)B.考查形容词及语境理解.A更少,修饰可数名词;B更多;C更少,修饰不可数名词;D更差;根据This may teach you to pay(11)attention to what is right in front of you.可知希望这件事能够让你清楚,你可能需要更多地关注自己眼前的事情,pay more attention to多加注意,故答案为B.(12)A.考查代词及语境理解.A它自己;B他;C你;D你自己;根据and let the futuretake care of ()可知让未来的事情自己去发生吧,故答案为A.(13)A.考查连词及语境理解.A为什么;B当…时;C怎样;D哪儿;根据前文see what is at your feet可知你为什么连地球上的事情都看不到,故答案为A.(12)B.考查形容及语境理解.A大声的;B大的;C聪明的;D活泼的,根据Take care of the little things first, and the(14)things will take care of themselves,先把小事处理好,后面应该是大事情就会自己处理好,故答案为B.(15)B.考查代词及语境理解.A一些;B没有什么;C所有的;D任何的;根据The "astrologer"(15)to say and went home in silence.可知占星家应该是什么也没说,默默地回家了,故答案为B.9.What does taking a risk mean?It means trying(1)A new challenges even if they make you feel uncomfortable or afraid.One of the greatest(2)D I'd ever taken was playing a role in my high school's play.I had(3)performance experience and I also stuttered(口吃).The experience of performing in front of people made me worried.(4)A did I decide I perform?Because I wanted to(5)C my school theatre program.(6)D the day of the audition(试演),there were also some acting exercises to warm us up.We were(7)into pairs to prepare parts of the play and I felt very (8).After I said some of the lines(台词),(9)C partner said, "I notice you are stuttering.Is that for dramatic effect(效果)(10)A do you really stutter?" "I was speechless.When my (11)C to audition came,my heart was beating fast.Across from me sat the director and his assistants(助手).Needless to say,I was really worried about my performance.I played the role of a man painter(12)A pretended(假装)to be a woman.My partner was playing a businessman who wanted to marry me (the woman).We said our lines. (13)D,I didn't stutter.We went through it several times and finally it was over.I was so tired.The next Monday I was told that the play was(14)A.How excited I was!I had a good time doing the play and it was clear to me that my stuttering couldn't stop me doing what I wanted to do and taking risks(15)the time and effort.I'm glad I made it.(1)A.taking on B.breaking into C.working out D.connecting to (2)A.photos B.suggestions C.notes D.risks(3)A.a little B.little C.much D.many(4)A.Why B.When C.How D.What(5)A.take notice of B.take action to C.take part in D.take care of(6)A.at B.in C.from D.on(7)A.translated B.divided C.changed D.introduced(8)A.angry B.worried C.excited D.happy(9)A.his B.their C.my D.your(10)A.or B.but C.and D.so(11)A.hope B.idea C.turn D.plan(12)A.who B.which C.whose D.where(13)A.Sadly B.Unluckily C.Boringly D.Amazingly(14)A.successful B.successfully C.success D.succeed(15)A.was proud B.was worth C.was busy D.was fun【分析】本文主要讲述的是有关冒险的故事。

〖经典〗初一英语完形填空题(50篇)

〖经典〗初一英语完形填空题(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.When I was in primary school, I got into an argument(争论)with a boy in my class. I can't (1)D what it was about, but I have never forgotten the lesson I learned that day. I was sure that I was right and he was wrong and he was sure that I was wrong and he was right. The teacher (2)C to teach us a very important lesson. She (3) both of us to the front of the class and placed him on one side of her desk and me on the other.In the middle of her desk was a large,round object(物品).I could see that it was black.She asked the boy what (4)C the object was. "White", he answered.I couldn't believe he said the object was white,(5)A it was clearly black! Another argument started between my classmate and me,this (6)A about the color of the object.The teacher told me to go to stand where the boy was standing and told him to come to stand where I had been.We changed (7)C,and now she asked me what the color of the object was. I had to answer, "White". It was an object with two (8) colored sides,and from his side it was white.Only from my side was the color black.My teacher taught me a very important lesson that day:You (9)stand in the other person's shoes and look at the situation (10)D their eyes in order to truly understand their view.(1)A. think B. believe C. remind D. remember(2)A. continued B. refused C. decided D. failed(3)A. told B. brought C. drove D. pushed(4)A. height B. shape C. color D. size(5)A. when B. unless C. until D. if(6)A. time B. year C. month D. day(7)A. answers B. seats C. places D. ideas(8)A. similarly B. differently C. beautifully D. surprisingly (9)A. will B. must C. shall D. may(10)A. behind B. across C. against D. through【分析】文章通过一个故事告诉我们要站在对方的立场上看问题,只有才能了解的全面.【解答】1.D 动词辨析.A想;B相信;C提醒;D记得;根据后面 I have never forgotten the lesson I learned that day.但从未忘记那天学到的一课,应该是关于什么的,记不住了,故答案是D.2.C 动词辨析.A继续;B拒绝;C决定;D失败;根据The teacher (2)to teach us a very important lesson老师应该是决定教我们重要的一课,故答案是C.3.B 动词辨析.A告诉;B带来;C开车;D推;根据She (3)both of us to the front ofthe class 后面说班级前面,应该是她带我们俩到班级前面,故答案是B.4.C 名词辨析.A高度;B形状;C颜色;D尺码;根据后面"White",白色,应该是问是什么颜色的,故答案是C.5.A 连词辨析.A当…时;B除非;C直到;D如果;根据when表示既然,指众所周知的原因.既然这是黑色的,我难以相信他会说是白色,故答案是A.6.A 名词辨析.A时间;B年;C月;D天;根据上文,黑色的,说成白色的,所以又一次争论,这次是因为这物体的颜色,故答案是A.7.C 名词辨析.A答案;B座位;C地方;D主意;根据上句The teacher told me to go to stand where the boy was standing and told him to come to stand where I had been.老师让我站在男孩站的地方,让他站在我去过的地方,可知我们换了位置,故答案是C.8.B 副词辨析.A同样地;B不同地;C漂亮地;D惊奇地;根据上文作者看见的是黑色,这里 I had to answer, "White".是白色,可知有不同的颜色,故答案是B.9.B 情态动词辨析.A将;B必须;C将;D可以;根据上文,不同的角度,有不同的观点,所以这里应该是必须站在别人的立场上,故答案是B.10.D 介词辨析.A在…后面;B(从表面)穿过;C反对;D(从内部)穿过,根据their eyes in order to truly understand their view以他们的视角,应该是穿过他们的眼睛,内部穿过,故答案是D.2.You want to run across the street to catch the bus which is leaving soon?But (36)C !You'd better not.If a policeman sees you,you' (11)have to pay a fine(罚款).New traffic laws say that (37)A people cross the street when the light is red,they can be fined as much as (50)yuan.Traffic accidents (38) more than (104),(000)people in China last year.Chinese cities have more cars than ever.(39)and pedestrians(行人)must work together to make the streets safer.The law has new rules for drivers and pedestrians.Drivers have to (40)D when they are close to crosswalks.If people are in a crosswalk,cars must stop to let them pass.There are (41)C for bus drivers,too.If bus drivers smoke,drink or make phone calls while driving,policemen will fine them.Buses that carry too many people are (42)A against (违反)the law.Pedestrians will have to walk more (43)A under the new law.They must cross streets at crosswalks.Also,they shouldn't climb over the fences(隔离栏)to cross streets.If you see a hit﹣and﹣run,tell the police.They may give you a reward.And don't be (44)to help people to the hospital if they are hurt in an accident.Don't worry about money.The new law says that (45)D must take care of them even if they can't pay right away.36.A.hurry B.look C.wait D.listen37.A.if B.while C.so.D.though38.A.did B.killed C.died D.ran39.A.Parents B.Drivers C.Policemen D.Tourists40.A.get off B.keep going C.speed up D.slow down41.A.letters B.articles C.rules D.exercises42.A.also B.sometimes C.never D.often43.A.safely B.slowly C.quickly D.happily44.A.happy B.afraid C.sad D.great45.A.students B.teachers C.helpers D.doctors【分析】这是一篇记叙文,短文主要讲述了每年的交通事故都会让很多人死去,新的交通法规对机动车和行人都有了很多规则,这样就可以减少交通事故.也对乐于伸出援助之手的好心人减少了后顾之忧.【解答】36.C.考查动词.A匆忙.B看.C等.D听.句意"你想跑过马路去赶那辆即将离开的公共汽车吗?但__,你最好不要".可知,应该是"等待".选C.37.A.考查连词.A如果.B当…时候.C所以.D虽然.句意"___人们在__灯时横穿马路,就是罚款50元.".可知,用if引导的条件状语从句,意思是"如果".选A.38.B 考查动词,A.did 做B.killed杀害C.died死亡D.ran跑,根据Traffic accidents…more than (104,000)people in China last year,可知去年在中国有104,000人死于交通事故,故选B.39.B 考查名词,A.Parents父母B.Drivers驾驶员C.Policemen警察D.Tourists游客,根据and pedestrians(行人)must work together to make the streets safer.结合选项,推出句意:司机和行人必须一起努力维护交通安全,故选B.40.D 考查短语,A.get off下车 B.keep going一直走 C.speed up加速 D.slow down 减速,根据when they are close to crosswalks,可知在人行道上,司机必须减速,故选D.41.C.考查名词.A信.B文章.C规则.D练习.句意"对公交车司机也有着新的___.".根据下一句If bus drivers smoke,drink or make phone calls while driving,they can be fined.如果公共汽车司机在开车时抽烟、喝酒或打电话,他们可能会被罚款.可知,应该是"规则",选C.42.A 考查副词,A.also 也B.sometimes有时 C.never从不 D.often经常,根据Buses that carry too many people are …against(违反)the law,可知公交车司机也会违反交通规则,故选A.43.A 考查副词,A.safely安全地B.slowly慢地C.quickly快速地D.happily 幸福地,根据Pedestrians will have to walk more …under the new law,结合选项,推出句意:在新交规下,行人在路上行走时更要注意安全,故选A.44.B.考查形容词.A开心的.B害怕的.C伤心的.D伟大的.句意"不要__帮助受伤的人们去医院.".可知,应该是不要"害怕".选B.45.D 考查名词,A.students学生B.teachers老师C.helpers助理工人D.doctors医生,根据 help people to the hospital if they are hurt in an accident,可知在医院,病人没钱,医生也要抢救病号,故选D.3.A mother camel(骆驼)and a baby camel were lying around.(36)A the baby camel asked,"Mother,may I ask you some questions?""(37)!"said Mother."Why,son?Is there anything (38)A with you?"Baby said,"Why do camels have humps(驼峰)?"Mother said (39)D,"Well son,we are desert animals,we need the humps to store(40)C and we are known to live without water."Baby said,"Okay,then why are our (41)A long?"Mother said,still calmly(镇定地),"Son,clearly they are meant for(42)in the desert.You know with them we can move around the desert (43)C than anyone does!"Baby said,"Okay,then why are our eyelashes(睫毛)(44)?Sometimes they bother my sight."Mother with (45) said,"My son,those long thick eyelashes can help make our eyes(46)D the desert sand and wind."Baby said after(47)A,"I see.The hump is to store water (48)D we are in the desert,these eyelashes keep my eyes (49) and the legs are for walking.Then,Mum,(50)C are we staying in the zoo?What can we do here?"The story tells us:Skills,knowledge,abilities and experiences are only useful if you are at the right place.36.A.Suddenly B.Quickly C.Luckily D.Slowly37.A.Sorry B.Sure C.No D.Hello38.A.wrong B.interesting C.right D.good39.A.loudly B.happily C.sadly D.calmly40.A.food B.energy C.water D.salt41.A.legs B.eyes C.ears D.necks42.A.changing B.walking C.sleeping D.listening43.A.more B.less C.better D.farther44.A.short B.long C.black D.brown45.A.sadness B.pride(自豪)C.pleasure D.excitement46.A.look at B.look for C.tidy up D.stay away from47.A.thinking B.stopping C.shouting D.standing48.A.before B.after C.because D.when49.A.open B.safe C.closed D.bright50.A.where B.how C.why D.when.【分析】文中讲到的是小骆驼和妈妈的对话.小骆驼一共问了妈妈三个问题.从妈妈的回答里可以看出三个特点均有利于他们在沙漠里行走.知道这些之后,小骆驼问了最后一个问题,那就是为什么现在和妈妈在动物园里呢?【解答】36.A 副词辨析.A突然;B快速;C幸运地;C慢地;根据上句A mother camel (骆驼) and a baby camel were lying around一只母骆驼和一只小骆驼躺在一起,后面应该是突然问问题,故答案是A.37.B 感叹词辨析.A对不起;B当然;C不;D你好;根据上句may I ask you some questions?"我可以问一些问题吗?后面应该是当然,故答案是B.38.A 形容词辨析.A错;B有趣的;C对的;D好的;根据下文Why do camels have humps(驼峰)?"为什么骆驼有驼峰?应该是你有什么问题吗?故答案是A.39.D 副词辨析.A大声地;B开心地;C伤心地;D冷静地;根据下文still calmly仍然镇静地回答,这里应该是镇静地,故答案是D.40.C 名词辨析.A食物;B能量;C水;D盐;根据we need the humps to store及常识,当然是储存水,故答案是C.41.A 名词辨析.A腿;B眼睛;C耳朵;D脖子;根据下文You know with them we can move around the desert 你知道,有了他们我们可以在沙漠里四处走动,可知应该是腿长,故答案是A.42.B 动词辨析.A改变;B步行;C睡觉;D听;根据Son,clearly they are meant for (42)in the desert,及上句腿长,应该是在沙漠里走,故答案是B.43.C 形容词辨析.A更多;B更少;C更好;D更远;根据上句腿长,这里You know with them we can move around the desert (43)than anyone does!",你知道,有了他们,我们可以比任何人都更好地在沙漠里走动!"故答案是C.44.B 形容词辨析.A短的;B长的;C黑色的;D棕色的;根据下文those long thick eyelashes can help make our eyes那些浓密的长睫毛能使我们的眼睛..可知为什么我们的睫毛长?故答案是B.45.B 名词辨析.A伤心;B自豪;C高兴;D兴奋;根据下句those long thick eyelashes can help make our eyes那些浓密的长睫毛能使我们的眼睛远离沙子,应该是自豪地说,故答案是B.46.D 动词辨析.A看;B寻找;C整理;D远离;根据those long thick eyelashes can help make our eyes那些浓密的长睫毛能使我们的眼睛,应该是远离沙子,故答案是D.47.A 动词辨析.A想;B停止;C喊;D站;根据Baby said after应该是想了一会说,故答案是A.48.D 连词辨析.A在…之前;B在..之后;C因为;D当..时;根据we are in the desert,these eyelashes keep my eyes safe我们在沙漠里,这些睫毛让我的眼睛安全,应该是when引导的时间状语从句,故答案是D.49.B 形容词辨析.A打开的;B安全的;C关闭的;D明亮的;根据上句那些浓密的长睫毛能使我们的眼睛远离沙子,这里these eyelashes keep my eyes 这些睫毛让我的眼睛安全,故答案是B.50.C 疑问词辨析.A哪儿;B怎样;C为什么;D何时;根据are we staying in the zoo?应该是为什么我们在动物园里?故答案是C.4.阅读下面短文,掌握大意,然后从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项.Charlie Chaplin′s parents separated a year after his birth in 1889.He lived with his mother and elderbrother in a flat in London.Mrs.Chaplin managed to (1)A her children on her own with the money she made as a singer.(2)C,their economic(经济的) situation changed when she became ill with laryngitis (喉炎)in 1894.Instead of resting her (3)until it got better,Mrs.Chaplin kept on singing.Her voice got weaker and weaker and she began to find it (4) to find well﹣paid work.One evening Charlie happened to be in the theatre (5)D his mother singing on stage.Suddenly,her voice (6).She tried to finish the song,but the audience(观众) began to whistle and got angry.Mrs.Chaplin could not continue any longer and walked (7)the stage crying.The stage manager knew he had to do something quickly to (8)the embarrassing situation.He remembered Charlie once sang at a party.He (9)C took Charlie by the hand to the stage.After a brief introduction,he left Charlie to please the audience.Charlie began to sing and dance in front of hundreds of people.The audience enjoyed the (10)D very much and began to throw money.(11)C Charlie saw this,he immediately stopped singing and announced to the audience that first he would (12)D the money and then he would finish the song.The audience found this announcement especially (13)A and started to throw even more money onto the stage.Charlie felt perfectly at home on stage.He did not feel (14)A at all and danced and sang more songs to the audience.To his amazement,there was more (15)D and more money throwing.That night was Charlie′s first public performance on the stage and his mother's last.(1)A.support B.leave C.ask D.face(2)A.Though B.So C.However D.Besides(3)A.sight B.voice C.smell D.hearing(4)A.easy B.difficult C.interesting D.boring(5)A.feeling B.keeping C.realizing D.watching(6)A.rested B.dropped C.broke D.raised(7)A.onto B.off C.towards D.around( 8)A.create B.save C.continue D.explain(9)A.slowly B.patiently C.quickly D.coldly(10)A.thought B.description C.speech D.performance(11)A.If B.Till C.When D.Before(12)A.take out B.throw away C.put down D.pick up(13)A.funny B.lucky C.helpful D.painful(14)A.shy B.sad C.satisfied D.excited(15)A.trouble B.anger C.silence D.laughter【分析】本文是记叙文,说的是卓别林的首场演出的由来.卓别林的妈妈在舞台上唱歌赚钱养家糊口,但是由于患有喉炎,一次在舞台演出中无法继续唱歌.经理知道卓别林会唱歌.为了救场,他把卓别林拉上舞台.卓别林开始无拘无束地为观众唱歌跳舞,并得到了很多观众抛来的赏金.这就是卓别林的首场演出,也是他妈妈的最后一场演出.【解答】(1)A.考查动词.support 支持;leave 离开;ask询问;face面对.根据语境可知,卓别林太太努力独自用她唱歌赚的钱来养活自己的孩子.故选A.(2)C.考查副词.Though尽管;So因此;However然而;Besides包括.根据上文"Mrs.Chaplin managed to (1)her children on her own with the money she made as a singer"可知,卓别林太太努力独自用她唱歌赚的钱来养活自己的孩子.然而,当她于1894年患喉炎生病时,她们的经济情况改变了.故选C.(3)B.考查名词.sight 视力;voice声音;smell 气味;hearing听力.根据上文"2),their economic(经济的)situation changed when she became ill with laryngitis(喉炎)in1894"可知,然而,当她于1894年患喉炎生病时,她们的经济情况改变了.卓别林太太没有让自己的嗓子休息,而是继续唱歌.故选B.(4)B.考查形容词.easy容易的;difficult困难的;interesting有趣的;boring无聊的.根据语境可知,她的声音越来越微弱,并且她发现难以找到薪酬很好的工作.故选B.(5)D.考查动名词.feeling 感觉;keeping 保持;realizing 意识到;watching观看.根据语境可知,一天晚上,卓别林碰巧在剧院看他妈妈在舞台上唱歌.故选D.(6)B考查动词.rested休息;dropped 跌落;broke打破;raised举起.根据下文"She tried to finish the song,but the audience(观众) began to whistle and got angry"可知,突然,她的声音降落下去.她试图唱完,但是观众开始吹口哨,并发怒.故选B.(7)B.考查介词.onto到……上面;off 离开;towards 朝向;around在……周围.根据语境可知,卓别林太太无法在继续唱下去,于是哭着走下舞台.故选B.(8)B.考查动词.create创造;save 节省(挽救);continue 继续;explain解释.根据上文"Mrs.Chaplin could not continue any longer and walked (7)the stage crying"可知,卓别林太太无法在继续唱下去,于是哭着走下舞台.舞台经理知道他们必须立刻采取措施来挽救这种尴尬的情形.故选B.(9)C.考查副词.slowly慢慢地;patiently 耐心地;quickly 迅速地;coldly冷冷地.根据上文"The stage manager knew he had to do something quickly to (8)the embarrassing situation"可知,舞台经理知道他们必须立刻采取措施来挽救这种尴尬的情形.他迅速地抓着卓别林的手来到舞台.故选C.(10)D.考查名词.thought 想法;Description 描述;speech 演讲;performance表演(演出).根据上文"Charlie began to sing and dance in front of hundreds of people"可知,卓别林开始在数百名观众前唱歌跳舞.观众非常喜欢他的演出,并开始往场子里扔钱.故选D.(11)C.考查连词.If 如果;Till 直到;When 当……的时候;Before在……之前.根据上文"The audience enjoyed the (10)very much and began to throw money"可知,观众非常喜欢他的演出,并开始往场子里扔钱.当卓别林看到这种场面时,他立刻停止唱歌,并对观众宣布…….故选C.(12)D.考查动词短语.take out 拿出;throw away 扔掉;put down 放下;pick up捡起.根据语境可知,他离开停下来,对观众宣布,他首先要把钱捡起,然后会继续唱完这首歌.故选D.(13)A.考查形容词.funny有趣的;lucky 幸运的;helpful 有帮助的;painful疼痛的.根据语境可知,观众发现这个声明非常有趣,于是开始往舞台上扔更多钱.故选A.(14)A.考查形容词.shy 害羞的;sad伤心的;satisfied 满意的;excited激动的.根据上文"Charlie felt perfectly at home on stage"可知,卓别林在舞台上感觉无拘无束.它根本没有感到害羞,并且为观众又跳又唱了很多.故选A.(15)D考查名词.trouble 麻烦;anger 怒气;silence 沉默;laughter笑声.根据语境可知,使他感到吃惊的是,笑声更多,钱也扔得更多了.故选D.5.Once upon a time,there was a little boy named Rakesh.He studied and lived in a boarding school (寄宿学校).Every night he jumped over the wall and played outside.He(1)returned before dawn (黎明) and lay on his bed again,so no one knew that Rakesh went out at(2)COne night as usual,Rakesh found (3)D asleep.He decided to play outside again.He went into his teacher﹣Mrs.Green's room (4)and saw her (5)A on bed.Then Rakesh walked out towards the wall.Near the wall,there was a ladder in the bushes,he hid it there.He(6)D the ladders and he climbed up it,then jumped over the wall.(7)at that time his teacher was awake and saw him going out.(8)C got up and took away the(9)D from the wall.A few hours(10)C,Rakesh returned.In the dark,he tried to climb(11)from the wall.Sadly,there was no ladder,instead,Mrs Green was standing where the ladder was and waited for him.Rakesh was very(12)A to be punished (惩罚),but to his surprise,she just helped Rakesh to get onto the ground,said, "Rakesh,at least(13)C a warm coat with you when you go out at night." Mrs.Green's(14)A made Rakesh know his own faults.He apologized (道歉) and never went out at night again.It is the(15)lesson that he has ever had.(1)A.never B.always C.seldom D.sometimes(2)A.daytime B.weekends C.night D.noon(3)A.someone B.anyone C.no one D.everyone(4)A.loudly B.quietly C.happily D.quickly(5)A.sleeping B.reading C.watching TV D.running(6)A.took care of B.took away C.took a look at D.took out(7)A.And B.But C.So D.Because(8)A.He B.They C.She D.It(9)A.bed B.chair C.bushes D.ladder(10)A.ago B.before C.later D.late(11)A.up B.down C.out D.in(12)A.afraid B.glad C.sorry D.surprised(13)A.buy B.bring C.take D.borrow(14)A.kindness B.illness C.happiness D.sadness(15)A.worst B.best C.furthest D.smallest【分析】文章主要讲述了有一个叫做Rakesh的男孩住在一所寄宿学校,每天晚上他都翻墙头到外面玩.他通常在黎明之前回来回到床上,没有人能发现.一天夜晚,他照常那么做.但是他的老师醒了,发现了他,把梯子拿走了.当他回来的时候,看到了他的老师,非常害怕老师批评他.但是老师没有批评他只是提醒他要多穿衣服,他知道他自己错了,这是他人生中最好的一堂课.【解答】(1)B.考查副词辨析,由下文的returned before dawn可知,他总是在黎明前回来再躺在床上,A从不,B总是,C很少,D有时候,故答案为B.(2)C.考查名词辨析,由上文的Every night可知,所以没有人知道Rakesh在夜晚的时候出去,A白天,B周末,C夜晚,D中午,故答案为C.(3)D.考查代词辨析,根据语境"像往常一样的一天晚上,Rakesh发现每个人都睡觉了",A某人,B任何一个,C没有人,D每个人,故答案为D.(4)B.考查副词辨析,由上文的his teacher﹣Mrs.Green's room可知,他安静地走进老师格林太太的房间,A大声地,B安静地,C高兴地,D快速地,故答案为B.(5)A.考查动词辨析,由下文的on bed可知,看到老师在床上睡觉,A睡觉,B读书,C看电视,D跑步,故答案为A.(6)D.考查动词短语辨析,由下文的the ladders可知,他拿出梯子,然后爬上去,A照顾,B拿走,C看一眼,D拿出,故答案为D.(7)B.考查连词辨析,由下文的his teacher was awake可知,但是那时候他的老师醒了,然后看到他走出去,A并且,B但是,C所以,D因为,前后句子构成转折的关系,故答案为B.(8)C.考查代词辨析,由上文提到的Mrs.Green's room可知,他的老师是格林太太,使用she指代,故答案为C.(9)D.考查名词辨析,由上文提到的the ladder可知,她把梯子从墙边拿走,A床,B椅子,C刷子,D梯子,故答案为D.(10)C.考查副词辨析,由下文的Rakesh returned可知,几个小时之后,Rakesh回来了,A之前,B之前,C之后,D晚地,故答案为C.(11)B.考查副词辨析,由下文的from the wall可知,他想要从墙上爬下来,A上面,B 往下,C外面,D里面,故答案为B.(12)A.考查形容词辨析,由下文的to be punished可知,Rakesh很怕要受惩罚,A害怕的,B高兴的,C遗憾的,D惊讶的,故答案为A.(13)C.考查动词辨析,由下文的a warm coat可知,当你夜晚出去的时候,至少带一件暖和的外套,A买,B带来,C带去,D借,故答案为C.(14)A.考查名词辨析,由上文的a warm coat with you可知,格林太太的善良让Rakesh 知道了自己的错误,A善良,B疾病,C高兴,D难过,故答案为A.(15)B.考查形容词辨析,由下文的he has ever had可知,这是他上过的最好的一课,A 最糟糕的,B最好的,C最远的,D最小的,故答案为B.6.Long long ago,there lived a farmer whose brother was a gardener and owned a wonderful garden.One day the farmer went to(1)D his brother,and was(2)the beautiful garden.His brother(3)A to give him the best apple tree as a gift.The farmer took the tree home and started to wonder(4)C to plant it."If I plant it on the hill,"he said to himself,"the wind might(5)D the fruit.If I plant it on the road,people will see it and take off its(6)."Finally he planted the tree behind his barn(谷仓),"The(7)A would never think to look for it here."(8)C,the tree grew neither flowers nor fruits in two years.The farmer went to his brother and said(9)D,"You have given me a(10)tree.Look!This is the third year and it still grows(11)C but leaves!"When the farmer's brother saw where the tree was,he (12)and said,"You have planted the tree where it is exposed(暴露的)to cold winds,and get neither(13)A nor warmth.How could you(14)D flowers and fruits?You have planted the tree with a greedy and suspicious(贪婪多疑的) heart,so how can you want a(15)harvest?" What do you learn from the story?(1)A.watch B.find C.teach D.visit(2)A.worried about B.surprised at C.tired of D.afraid of(3)A.decided B.supposed C.hoped D.asked(4)A.how B.when C.where D.why(5)A.put off B.take away C.turn down D.shake down (6)A.tree B.fruit C.food D.flower(7)A.thieves B.animals C.neighbors D.children(8)A.Finally B.Firstly C.However D.Luckily(9)A.slowly B.hardly C.excitedly D.angrily(10)A.dead B.bad C.wrong D.young(11)A.something B.anything C.nothing D.everything(12)A.suggested B.laughed C.left D.planted(13)A.sunshine B.water C.air D.earth(14)A.plant B.take C.receive D.expect(15)A.small B.rich C.famous D.poor【分析】这篇短文讲述一位农夫种植苹果树的故事.这位农夫的哥哥非常懂得种植.一天,农夫去他哥哥家,他的哥哥给了他一棵苹果树让他回家种植,回到家中他将这棵树种到了阴冷的角落,结果经历了两年苹果树都没有结一个果实.【解答】1.D 考查动词句意:有一天,农夫去看望这位兄弟.A.watch观看;B.find 找到;C.teach教;D.visit 拜访.上文提到Mike是一个出色的园丁,可知本题答案.根据后句His brother(43)to give him the best apple tree as a gift.The farmer took the tree home 可知农夫去看望他的兄弟,根据go to do sth 去做某事,空格处用动词原形,故选D.2.B 考查形容词短语.句意:对美丽的花园感到惊讶.A.worried about担心;B.surprised at对…感到惊讶;C.tired of 厌烦;D.afraid of 害怕.根据句意,可知农夫对他兄弟的美丽的花园感到惊讶.be surprised at 对…感到惊讶,故选B.43.A 考查动词句意:他的兄弟决定送他最好的苹果树作为礼物.A.decided决定;B.supposed猜想;C.hoped 希望;D.asked 问.根据decide to do sth 决定做某事,根据语境,此句是一般过去时,动词用过去式,故选A.44.C 考查疑问副词句意:农夫把树带回家,开始想把它种在哪里.A.how 怎样;B.when 什么时候;C.where 哪里;D.why 为什么.根据后文"If I plant it on the hill,"he said to himself,"the wind might(45)the fruit.If I plant it on the road,people will see it and take off its(46)."可知农夫想知道把苹果树种在哪里.故选C.45.D 考查动词短语句意:风可能会把水果吹落.A.put off 推迟;B.take off 拿走;C.turn down 调低音量;D.shake down 摇掉.根据句意,可知山上的风比较大,会吹掉树上的果实,句中might是情态动词,后接动词原形,故选D.46.B 考查名词句意:如果我把它种在路上,人们就会看到它,然后把它取下来.A.tree 树;B.fruit 水果;C.food 食物;D.flower 花.根据前文"If I plant it on the hill,"he said to himself,"the wind might(45)D the fruit.可知人们看到果实,就会把它取下来.故选B.47.A 考查名词句意:小偷不会想到在这里找它的.A.thieves 小偷;B.animals 动物;C.neighbours 邻居;D.children孩子们.根据前文可知,农夫把苹果树种在谷仓后面是为了让小偷不会想到在这里找到果实的.故选A.48.C 考查副词句意:然而,这棵树两年内既无花也无果.A.Finally 最后;B.firstly 首先;C.However 然而;D.Luckily 不幸的是.按照正常情况,两年内苹果树应该会开花和结果,根据句意,这棵树两年内既无花也无果,所以用however来表示转折,however 位于句首,首字母大写,故选C.49.D 考查副词句意:农夫走到他弟弟跟前愤怒地说.A.slowly 慢慢地;B.hardly 几乎不;C.excitedly 兴奋地;D.angrily 生气地.根据前文the tree grew neither flowers norfruits in two years.和后文,"You have given me a(50)tree.可知农夫生气地对他兄弟说道,故选D.50.B 考查形容词句意:你给了我一棵坏树.A.dead 死的;B.bad 坏的,不好的;C.wrong 错误的;D.young 年轻的.根据后文This is the third year and it still grows(51)C but leaves!"可知农夫认为他兄弟给了他一个不好的树,故选B.51.C 考查不定代词句意:这是第三年了,它除了叶子什么也不长!A.something 某事;B.anything 任何东西;C.nothing 什么也没有;D.everything 一切.根据句意,可知那棵树除了叶子什么也不长.故选C.52.B 考查动词句意:农夫的兄弟看到树种的地方,他笑着说道.A.suggested 建议;B.laughed 大笑;C.left 离开;D.planted 种植.根据句意,农夫的哥哥知道了树为什么不开花不结果的真相后才会大笑.根据语境,此句是一般过去时,动词用过去式,故选B.53.A 考查名词句意:你把这棵树栽在受寒风影响很大的地方了,既没有阳光也没有温暖.A.sunshine 阳光;B.water 水;C.air 空气;D.earth 地球.根据前句You have planted the tree where it is exposed(暴露的) to cold winds,可知既没有阳光也没有温暖,故选A.54.D 考查动词句意:你怎么能期待鲜花和水果?A.plant种植;B.take拿走;C.receive 收到;D.expect 期待.根据前文可知,苹果树栽在既没有阳光也没有温暖的地方,是不会开花结果的.句中could是情态动词,后接动词原形,故选D.55.B 考查形容词句意:你已经抱着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心将那棵树种了下去,你怎么能想要丰收呢?A.small 小的;B.rich 丰富的;C.famous 著名的;D.poor 贫穷的.根据句意,可知带着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心去做事,是不能有丰富的收获的,故选B.7.Ivan sat on the floor deep down in the sea. He was bored and (1). He watched other pretty fish swimming in and out of rocks. They were laughing and dancing happily." Why am I so different?" he said to (2)C."You are an octopus(章鱼),Ivan.That is special." The sweet(3)A of Leo,a beautiful white dolphin, always made Ivan feel better. Ivan looked up at the white dolphin and (4)D.Leo said," Let's play games together." They were having a lot of (5)A and they didn't know they were already far away (6)C home.Suddenly Leo saw a large shark(鲨鱼)(7)A above them, "It is Big White……the biggest,most terrible shark in the sea," he shouted to Ivan.Leo looked at Big White (8).It was very fast.Leo was very afraid and he couldn't swim.He couldn't swim.Just at this moment,Big White rushed down towards them.An idea came to Ivan. He quickly sprayed(喷) a very dark cloud of black water to the shark's eyes. Then Ivan and Leo swam away (9)A they got home safely."Are you OK?" asked Ivan. "Yes. I am lucky to have you as my friend!" Ivan's face turned red. "I guess being (10)D others can be so cool sometimes," Ivan said. "That is what I try to tell you," Leo said.(1)A. happy B. unhappy C. afraid D.nervous(2)A. yourself B.myself C. himself D. themselves(3)A. voice B. noise C.sound D. shout(4)A. cried B. shook C. changed D.smiled(5)A. fun B. shame C.pity D. interest(6)A. for B. with C.from D.of(7)A. swimming B. running C. jumping D. flying(8)A. helpfully B.helplessly C. carefully D. carelessly(9)A. and B. or C. but D. so(10)A. full of B. crazy about C. ready for D. different from 【分析】这篇短文主要记述了一只章鱼和一只漂亮的白海豚从鲨鱼口下脱险的故事,告诉我们在一些情况下,我们每个人都会有自己的优势.【解答】1.B 句意:他很烦且不高兴.根据题干中"He was bored and ____".可知Ivan很烦恼,由此推出他不高兴.unhappy意为"不高兴的",符合句意.故选B.2.C 句意:"为什么我如此不同?"他对自己说.根据话中主语"I"可知他在自言自语,主语是he,用反身代词himself.故选C.3.A 句意:一只名叫Leo的漂亮白海豚的甜美声音总能使Ivan感觉好些.根据题干中"The sweet ___ of Lea"可知此处指的是Leo的嗓音.voice意为"嗓音",符合句意.故选A.4.D 句意:Ivan抬头看着白白海豚笑了.根据上文"The sweet ____ of Leo,a beautiful white dolphin,always made Ivan feel better."可知Ivan心情好多了,应该是笑了.smiled 意为"微笑",符合句意.故选D.5.A 句意:他们玩得正愉快,不知道已经离家很远了."have fun"是固定搭配,意为"玩得愉快".故选A.6.C 句意:他们玩得正愉快,不知道已经离家很远了.far away from是固定搭配,意为"远离……".故选C.7.A 句意:突然Leo看到一条大鲨鱼正在它们上方游动.根据常识可知鲨鱼应是在海中游.swimming意为"游",符合句意.故选A.8.B 句意:Leo无助地看着大白鲨.根据上文"the biggest,most terrible shark in the sea"可推出Leo因害怕而感到无助.helplessly意为"无助地",符合句意.故选B.9.A 句意:然后Ivan和Leo游走了,且安全地到家了.设空处前后是承接关系,用and符合题意.故选A.10.D 句意:"我认为有时不同于别人可以如此酷,"Ivan说.根据上文中"Why am I so different?"可知此处是说不同于别人.故选D.8.A teacher began his class by holding up a glass with some water in it.He asked the。

  1. 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性,平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
  2. 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
  3. 3、如文档侵犯您的权益,请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间:9:00-18:30)。

一、ABC RadioJim Green is an announcer(播音员)for the program.Most of the girls___1____ boys like the program. They ___2___like Jim Green. Some of them often make phone calls to him and thank him ___3___ his work. There are lots of ___4___ to him every day,too.Jim Green gets up at 6:00 every morning.He has bread and a glass of milk ___5___ breakfast. He leaves home at 6:30 and ___6___ his office at 7:15.The program ___7____ at 7:30.He plays the new records (唱片)of the pop songs and modern music for his listeners. At 8:00 it's time ____8____ the news.Jim finishes work at 10:30. He goes home ____9____ his car.He ___10___ newspaper and listens to music after supper.He thinks his life is very interesting.( )1.A and B with C but D about ( )2.A too B to C also D so( )3.A to B for C fo D and ( )4.A letter B letters C friends D words( )5.A at B with C for D to ( )6.A goes B gets C gets to D gets up( )7.A begins B finishes C over D start ( )8.A to B for C of D in( )9.A by B in C on D takes ( )10.A looks B reads C sees D watches二、You\'ll see a new _1_at a hospitai near London if you go there.He is very clever,_2_he never speaks.He can work 24 hours a day and never gets _3_.He is one metre tall and has a face_4_a TV screen.He is Dr.Robot.Doctors often need to ask their patients a lot of questions._5_ doctors can only spend a few minutes with such patient.But Dr.Robot,a human doctor can_8_a lot of uesful information(信息)when he meets his patient. How can Dr.Robot do this? A computer \"tell\" him what to do.Dr.Robot can do a lot of things people cando,though he can\'t completely_9_the place of _10_ doctors.()1.A.sick person B.nurse C.chemist D.doctor ()2.A.so B.if C.but D.because()3.A.tired B.off C.up D.woounded ()4.A.like B.on C.as D.in()5.A.Kind B.Busy C.Free D.Tall ()te B.impossibleC.necessary D.interesting()7.A.With B.For C.Behind D.Under ()8.A.spend B.have C.send D.speak()9.A.bring B.give C.take D.lead ()10.A.robot puter C.women D.human三、Mike is an Englishman. He lives in a __1___ building in the __2___ London. There are eighteen floors in the building and he lives on the fifteenth floor. He__3___ a lift (电梯)to go up and down. He works very hard. He__4___ to work early. Every day he leaves his__5__and walks to the lift. He gets into the lift. It __6___him down to the first floor. He gets out of the lift. Then he walks to __7___bus stop. The bus stop is in front of a station. It is about two hundred meters from ___8___home. Usually, he catches the number 11 bus to work, but sometimes he goes__9___. He works in a factory about ten__10___ from his home. His work starts at half past eight, and finishes at a quarter to five. He gets back home at half past5.()1. A. tall B. shot C. small D. large ()2. A. country B. town C. city D. village()3. A. makes B. uses C. does D. mends ()4. A. begins B. wants C. runs D. goes()5. A. home B. building C. office D. room ()6. A. costs B. spends C. takes D. brings()7. A. an B.a C. the D. / ()8. A.his B. he C. him D.himself()9. A.by plane B. by train C. on foot D. by air ( ) 10. A.meters B. kilometers C. minutes D. hours四、A Diary Great weather! It was _1__ and hot all day. We __2__ to a beautiful beach. We had great fun__3__ in the water. In the afternoon, we went __4__. On the way, I found a little boy __5__ in the corner. He was __6__. I helped __7__ find his father. That made me __8__ very happy. I didn’t have __9__ money__10__ a taxi. So I walked back to the hotel.()1.A. wind B. cloud C. sunny ()2. A. go B. got C. went()3. A. play B. played C. playing ()4. A. shop B.shopping C.shopped()5. A. cries B. cried C. crying ()6. A. lose B. lost C. crying()7. A. he B. his C. him ()8. A. feel B. feeling C. felt()9. A. some B. any C.a few ()10. A. with B. on C. for五、Dear Dr Know,I’m not happy. I have too __1_ rules in my family. I have to __2___ at 6:00 every morning. I can’t __3__ my friends after school __4__I have to __5__my dog for a walk. I can’t watch TV on school nights. And I have to __6_ in bed by ten o’clock. _7__ weekends, I have to clean my room and wash my clothes. Then I have to help my mother __8__ dinner. Later I have to go to the Children’s Palace __9__ the piano. I never have any fun. __10__ can I do?()1. A. many B. much C. a few ()2. A. go to bed B. get up C.go home()3. A. watch B. look C. meet ()4. A. so B. then C. because()5. A. bring B. take C. carry ()6. A. be B. is C. am()7. A. In B. On C. At ()8. A. make B. making C. do()9. A. learn B. to learn C. learning ()10. A. Why B. What C. How六、On Christmas Eve a few days ago, an English couple, the Hardens, got a very special call. It was onlya 20-second call but it was very ____11____. The Hardens’ 15-year-old daughter has gone ___12____ six months before. On Christmas Eve she rang them. “I’m phoning to wish you a happy Christmas, ”she said, “I love you.”Ronals and Edwine Harden were so ______13_____ that they started a special telephone service (服务)called“Alive and Well”. The service helps ______14______ to get in touch with children who have run away from home.Young people can phone“Alive and Well”and leave a message for their parents. The telephone are answered by answering machines. So ______15_____ can speak to the child or make him return home. Parents of runaway children who are _______16_______ eighteen can ask the police to bring their children home. So children do not want to tell their parents where they are. Through “Alive and Well”they can telephone their parents and they do not ______17______ about this or giving out their addresses.The Hardens and their helpers ______18______ the telephone messages and connect(联系)the addresses given. About 30,000 British teenagers have left home and many of them are probably in _______19_______. For only two pence(便士)they can go into a telephone coin box and call their parents. They can dial 5675339 and ______20______ a parent worry: Is he dead or alive?11. A. interesting B.important C. difficult D. exciting 12. A. away Bout C. back D. along13. A. angry B. happy C. sad D. kind 14. A. teachers B. people C. parents D. friends15. A. someone B. anyone C. everyone D. no one 16. A. at B. above C. over D. under17. A. think B. worry C. talk D. hear 18. A. ask for B. listen to C. look up D. write down19. A. Pairs B. Tokyo C. London D. New York20. A. stop B. make C. feel D. leave一、 1 A 在肯定句中表示并列2 C also是"也"的意思,A是太……的意思3 B thank sb. for sth. 为了什么感谢某人4 B 每天他都有很多的来信5 C 作为他的早饭6 C 到达A是走B是得到D是起床7 A 开始D的时态不对,应该是第三人称单数8 B 该是新闻时间了,A是time to do sth.9 B in one's car ,A是B by car 10 B 看报纸是read newspaper二、DCAAB CABCD四、1-5CCCBC 6-10BCABC五、1-5ABCBB 6-10ABBBB六、11. B 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. 16. D 17. B 18. D 19. C 20. A一、Jim Green is an announcer(播音员)for the program.Most of the girls___1____ boys like the program. They ___2___like Jim Green. Some of them often make phone calls to him and thank him ___3___ his work. There are lots of ___4___ to him every day,too.Jim Green gets up at 6:00 every morning.He has bread and a glass of milk ___5___ breakfast. He leaves home at 6:30 and ___6___ his office at 7:15.The program ___7____ at 7:30.He plays the new records (唱片)of the pop songs and modern music for his listeners. At 8:00 it's time ____8____ the news.Jim finishes work at 10:30. He goes home ____9____ his car.He ___10___ newspaper and listens to music after supper.He thinks his life is very interesting.( )1.A and B with C but D about ( )2.A too B to C also D so( )3.A to B for C fo D and ( )4.A letter B letters C friends D words( )5.A at B with C for D to ( )6.A goes B gets C gets to D gets up( )7.A begins B finishes C over D start ( )8.A to B for C of D in( )9.A by B in C on D takes ( )10.A looks B reads C sees D watches二、You\'ll see a new _1_at a hospitai near London if you go there.He is very clever,_2_he never speaks.He can work 24 hours a day and never gets _3_.He is one metre tall and has a face_4_a TV screen.He is Dr.Robot.Doctors often need to ask their patients a lot of questions._5_ doctors can only spend a few minutes with such patient.But Dr.Robot,a human doctor can_8_a lot of uesful information(信息)when he meets his patient.How can Dr.Robot do this? A computer \"tell\" him what to do.Dr.Robot can do a lot of things people can do,though he can\'t completely_9_the place of _10_ doctors.( )1.A.sick person B.nurse C.chemist D.doctor ( )2.A.so B.if C.but D.because( )3.A.tired B.off C.up D.woounded ( )4.A.like B.on C.as D.in( )5.A.Kind B.Busy C.Free D.Tall ( )te B.impossibleC.necessary D.interesting ( )7.A.With B.For C.Behind D.Under ( )8.A.spend B.have C.send D.speak( )9.A.bring B.give C.take D.lead ( )10.A.robot puter C.women D.human三、Mike is an Englishman. He lives in a __1___ building in the __2___ London. There are eighteen floors in the building and he lives on the fifteenth floor. He__3___ a lift (电梯)to go up and down. He works very hard. He__4___ to work early. Every day he leaves his__5__and walks to the lift. He gets into the lift. It __6___him down to the first floor. He gets out of the lift. Then he walks to __7___bus stop. The bus stop is in front of a station. It is about two hundred meters from ___8___home. Usually, he catches the number 11 bus to work, but sometimes he goes__9___. He works in a factory about ten__10___ from his home. His work starts at half past eight, and finishes at a quarter to five. He gets back home at half past5.()1. A. tall B. shot C. small D. large ()2. A. country B. town C. city D. village()3. A. makes B. uses C. does D. mends ()4. A. begins B. wants C. runs D. goes()5. A. home B. building C. office D. room ()6. A. costs B. spends C. takes D. brings()7. A. an B.a C. the D. / ()8. A.his B. he C. him D.himself()9. A.by plane B. by train C. on foot D. by air ( ) 10. A.meters B. kilometers C. minutes D. hours 四、A Diary Great weather! It was _1__ and hot all day. We __2__ to a beautiful beach. We had great fun __3__ in the water. In the afternoon, we went __4__. On the way, I found a little boy __5__ in the corner. He was __6__. I helped __7__ find his father. That made me __8__ very happy. I didn’t have __9__ money __10__ a taxi. So I walked back to the hotel.()1.A. wind B. cloud C. sunny ()2. A. go B. got C. went()3. A. play B. played C. playing ()4. A. shop B.shopping C.shopped()5. A. cries B. cried C. crying ()6. A. lose B. lost C. crying()7. A. he B. his C. him ()8. A. feel B. feeling C. felt()9. A. some B. any C.a few ()10. A. with B. on C. for五、Dear Dr Know,I’m not happy. I have too __1_ rules in my family. I have to __2___ at 6:00 every morning. I can’t __3__ my friends after school __4__I have to __5__my dog for a walk. I can’t watch TV on school nights. And I have to __6_ in bed by ten o’clock. _7__ weekends, I have to clean my room and wash my clothes. Then I have to help my mother __8__ dinner. Later I have to go to the Children’s Palace __9__ the piano. I never have any fun. __10__ can I do?()1. A. many B. much C. a few ()2. A. go to bed B. get up C.go home()3. A. watch B. look C. meet ()4. A. so B. then C. because()5. A. bring B. take C. carry ()6. A. be B. is C. am()7. A. In B. On C. At ()8. A. make B. making C. do()9. A. learn B. to learn C. learning ()10. A. Why B. What C. How六、On Christmas Eve a few days ago, an English couple, the Hardens, got a very special call. It was onlya 20-second call but it was very ____11____. The Hardens’15-year-old daughter has gone ___12____ six months before. On Christmas Eve she rang them. “I’m phoning to wish you a happy Christmas, ”she said, “I love you.”Ronals and Edwine Harden were so ______13_____ that they started a special telephone service (服务)called“Alive and Well”. The service helps ______14______ to get in touch with children who have run away from home.Young people can phone“Alive and Well”and leave a message for their parents. The telephone are answered by answering machines. So ______15_____ can speak to the child or make him return home. Parents of runaway children who are _______16_______ eighteen can ask the police to bring their children home. So children do not want to tell their parents where they are. Through “Alive and Well”they can telephone their parents and they do not ______17______ about this or giving out their addresses.The Hardens and their helpers ______18______ the telephone messages and connect(联系)the addresses given. About 30,000 British teenagers have left home and many of them are probably in _______19_______. For only two pence(便士)they can go into a telephone coin box and call their parents. They can dial 5675339 and ______20______ a parent worry: Is he dead or alive?11. A. interesting B.important C. difficult D. exciting 12. A. away Bout C. back D. along13. A. angry B. happy C. sad D. kind 14. A. teachers B. people C. parents D. friends15. A. someone B. anyone C. everyone D. no one 16. A. at B. above C. over D. under17. A. think B. worry C. talk D. hear 18. A. ask for B. listen to C. look up D. write down 19. A. Pairs B. Tokyo C. London D. New York 20. A. stop B. make C. feel D. LeaveLi Lei gets an e-mail 1 Jack Wilson. Jack is a high school student from Canada. He wants to 2 chinese.Dear friend,七,My name is Jack Wilson. I am from Toronto, 3 . I am 13 years old. I am a schoolboy. I know China is a great 4 . I want to 5 friends in China and I want to learn Chinese.There are nineteen students in 6 class. My classmates are from six countries. They are learning English. My parents are from France. They 7 French. I speak English and French. There are many Chinese 8 in Toronto. I want to learn Chinese, 9 I don’t have any Chinese textbooks. Could you 10 me?Please write to me soon. Thank you.Yours,Jack Wilson1. A. for B. to C.from 6.A.his B.your C.my2. A.teach B.study C.speak 7.A.speak B.tell C.say3.A.Canada B.Japan C.Australia 8.A.there B.here C.peoples4.A.city B.country C.people 9.A.so B.and C.but5.A.have B.make C.give 10.A.give B.help C.write八,We 1 three new students in our class. 2 names are Jim,Lucy and Lily.Jim’s 3 England. He speaks English. Lucy and Lily are twins. They come from 4 .They 5 English,too. We are in 6 same class. we like our school. We go to school five days a week. We stay at home 7 Saturdays and Sundays. They teach us 8 and we teach 9 Chinese. We are very 10 to each other.1.A.are B.have C.has D.am2.A.Their B.They C.Theirs D.They’ree B.from C.of D.for4.A.American B.China C.America D.English5.A.speaks B.say C.says D.speak6.A.a B.the C.an D./7.A.in B.at C.on D.from8.A.Chinese B.Japanese C.English D.French9.A.they B.theirs C.their D.them10.A.friendly B.friend C.friendes D.friends九,Ann Black is my pen pal. She 1 New York,America. She is 13 years old. Her birthday is 2 October. She can speak English and Chinese. She is a good student. Her favorite 3 in school is English. She thinks it’s very 4 .She has a brother,and 5 name is Bill. He is twenty-four. He is a 6 in a college in China. He teaches English there. And he can 7 Chinese well. He thinks China is an interesting 8 .Ann’s parents love Bill and Ann very 9 .Ann often goes to the movies 10 their parents on weekends. And Bill often makes phone calls to them. They have a happy family.e from B.is from es D.is2.A.at B.to C.in D.by3.A.subject B.sport C.student D.color4.A.interesting B.boring C.difficult D.hard5.A.her B.his C.he D.she6.A.teacher B.worker C.student D.doctor7.A.say B.speak C.tell D.talk8.A.city B.school C.country 9.A.much B.well C.many D.more10.A.and B.to C.with D.for十,I have a good friend. His name is Bill. He 1 Sydney,Australia. Now he lives in Beijing with his parents. He is 14 2 and his birthday is 3 October. He speaks English and he can 4 speak 5 Chinese. He has lots of friends in Beijing. He often 6 after school with them. It’s his favorite sport. On weekends, he likes 7 to movies with his friends. He likes Chinese action movies very much. He thinksthey’re very exciting. His favorite actor is Jet Li. And his favorite 8 in school are P.E. and art. He thinks they’re fun. But he 9 math. He thinks it’s too boring. He is a very clever and lovely boy. Do you want to 10 him?e from B.from C.is from es to2.A.years B.years old C.ages D.year old3.A.in B.on C.at D./4.A.too B.either C.also D.want5.A.a few B.few C.a lots of D.a little6.A.watches TV B.goes shopping C.plays soccer D.goes to movies7.A.goes B.going C.go D.to going8.A.sports B.subject C.movies D.subjects9.A.likes B.don’t like C.doesn’t like D.like10.A.make a friend B.make a friend with C.make friends D.make friends with十一,Dear John,How are you? It’s very nice 1 you to write 2 me. From your letter I 3 a lot about you and your school. Now I 4 you something about me and my school.I am fourteen years old. I am in Class Two,Grade One at Green Middle School. My father is a 5 .He teaches English. My mother is a doctor. I 6 early every moring and 7 english.Our school is very big. It has 2,500 students and 200 teachers. 8 the teachers and the students work hard. We are working 9 the people. Please come and have a look 10 our school if you have time.1.A.of B.on C.for D.to2.A.from B.of C.at D.to3.A.get B.study C.talk D.know4.A.tell B.say C.speak D.talk5.A.teacher B.worker C.student D.doctor6.A.go to bed B.have lessons C.get up e here7.A.look B.see C.watch D.read8.A.Many B.Some C.All D.Every9.A.to B.for C.of D.from10.A.at B.in C.on D.to十二,Carol and Susan are very good friends They are in the same _1_ at school and they often visit _2_ home at weekends (周末). Now they are _3_ eight years old. Carol's mother has got a new baby. Carol is very _14_ to have a little sister. So she is always talking about her to Susan. At first she is very _5_ in the new baby because she doesn't have any brothers or sisters. But _6_ some time she begins to get tired of Carol's endless talking (喋喋不休地谈论) about it. She also fells a little jealous (嫉妒) of her friend.One morning when the two girls _7_ in the school ground, Carol says to Susan, "Do you _8_, Sue, my baby sister has put on nearly half a pound in weight (体重增加了半磅) this week.""That is not very _9_." answers Susan. "I know a baby and he puts on ten pounds a day.""Oh, that can't be _10_." answers Carol laughingly. "Whose baby is it " "An elephant's" says Susan.1. A. grade B. table C. class D. group2. A. each other's B. their C. theirs D. each other3. A. all B. two C. both D. either4. A. angry B. sorry C. surprised D. glad5. A. interesting B. interested C. happy D. satisfied6. A. before B. for C. after D. at7. A. play B. meet C. weight D. walk8. A. hear B. think C. find D. know9. A. much B. many C. few D. little10. A. impossible B. wrong C. true D. sure十三,Bob and Sue are in the same school, 1 they are in different 2 . They go to school on weekdays. 3 school , Bob and Sue often play games with 4 friends.Classes begin 5 eight in the morning. Now Bob and sue are in their classrooms. They are listening to their 6 . Bob's studying English. His teacher is talking 7 English. Sue's 8 a Chinese class. Her teacher is talking 9 writing. They study hard. They love their teachers and they like their 10 .l. A. but B. and C. or D. when2. A. classes B. class C. lesson D. lessons3. A. In B. When C. To D. At4. A. his B. her C. other D. their5. A. about B. in C. at D. on6. A. friends B. father C. teacher D. teachers7. A. with B. at C. in D. for8. A. having B. listening C. getting D. sitting in9. A. at B. about C. for D. like10. A. home B. family C. school D. clothes12,1,选C.从Carol和Susan每天在一起可推测她们同班.故C项class是正确选择.不同班的学生,即使在同年级也接触较少,故不选A.2.选A.本句意为她们经常互相到对方家里去玩,由此可知,home前应该是一个修饰语,B项人称错误,CD两项是名词性的,只有A项名词所有格可起形容词作用,修饰名词home.3.选C.这里是指两个人都八岁,both是代词,指两个人,all指三者以上,either指单数,two是数词,只有C项both正确.4.选D.从下面Carol经常对Susan谈起她的小妹妹来看,Carol得了小妹妹是很高兴的.因此可推断glad是正确答案.5.选B.在所给的四个选项中,与介词连用的只有B项interested,其余三项无此用法,意思也不与上下文连贯,故应排除.6.选C.这里是指过了一段时间,Susan对此事厌倦了,应该用after来表示,before是反义词,for也表示一段时间,但那是指谓语动词持续的时间,本句谓语是终止性动词,故不妥.7.选B.本题是指两个女孩在操场上遇见,若用play或walk,应该用进行时态才对,C项明显不合题意.8.选D.这里是Carol告诉Susan,所以说Do you know…即"你知道吗"这里用不着Susan思考或发现,故应排除BC 两项,容易混淆的是hear后接宾语从句时作"听说"解,"听说"的是别人的事,自己家的事一般不会问别人是否听说,故A项也不正确.9.选A.本句是对上句的回答,应选A项much意即"那不算多",CD两项意思相反,B项many要修饰可数名词,均应排除.10.选C.这时对Susan所说话真实性的否定,由于本句是否定句,故选C项true,AB两项意思相反,D项sure的主语应该是人,均不合题意.13,1.前句说Bob和Sue同校,但下句意思不同,故应用but表示转折,选A.2.由于句中different"不同的"常修饰复数名词,答案从lessons和classes两个之间选,应选A,表示他们同校但不同班.3."在学校"可用at school或in the/a school.容易混淆的是A答案,需要注意的是如果用in,school的前面须加冠词,选D.4.由于主语是Bob和Sue,相对应的物主代词应该用their,选D.5.表示几点钟介词应用at,选C.6.由于Bob和Sue在不同的班级,当然由不同的教师任教,那么teacher应该用复数形式,选D.7.在英语课上老师讲的当然是英语,"用英语"介词用in,选C.8.本题意思是"Sue在上汉语课",have a class表示"上课",由于前面已有is,故应用have的现在分词,选A.9."教师在讲授写作",表示"谈论"用talk about,答案选B.10.上句表达了他们热爱老师,与老师相对应的是学校,而不是家,衣服,故选C.分折此题考查学生综合阅读能力.解题的关键是理解文意,注意词与词之间的搭配以及上下文之间的联系.学生易错的是不注意单复数.一、 1 A 在肯定句中表示并列2 C also是"也"的意思,A是太……的意思3 B thank sb. for sth. 为了什么感谢某人4 B 每天他都有很多的来信5 C 作为他的早饭6 C 到达A是走B是得到D是起床7 A 开始D的时态不对,应该是第三人称单数8 B 该是新闻时间了,A是time to do sth.9 B in one's car ,A是B by car 10 B 看报纸是read newspaper二、DCAAB CABCD四、1-5CCCBC 6-10BCABC五、1-5ABCBB 6-10ABBBB六、11. B 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. 16. D 17. B 18. D 19. C 20. A(A)The Sawyers live at 87 King Street. In the morning, Mr Sawyer goes to work and the children go to school. Their father takes them to school every day.Mrs Sawyer stays at home every day. She does the housework. She always eats her lunch at noon. In the afternoon,she usually sees her friends. They often drink tea together. In the evening, the children come home from school. They arrive home early. Mr Sawyer comes home from work.He arrives home late. At night, the children always do their homework, Then they go to bed. Mr Sawyer usually reads his newspaper,but sometimes he and his wife watch television,1. Where do the Sawyers live?___________________2. What does Mrs Sawyer do every day?____________________3. Who does Mrs Sawyer see in the afternoon?_____________________4. Do the children arrive home early?_______________________5. Does Mr Sawyer arrive home early?_____________________-6. What do the children often do at night?_______________________7. Does Mr Sawyer usually read his newspaper at night?______________(B)It is eight o’clock. The chilren go to school by car every day, they are going to school on foot.It is ten o’clock. Mrs Sawyer usually stays at home in the morning, but this morning, she is going to the shops. It is four o’clock.In the afternoon, Mrs Sawyer usually drinks tea in the living room. But this afternoon, she is drinking tea in the garden. It is six o’clock, In the evening, the children usually do their homework, but this evening, they are not doing their homework. At the moment, they are playing in the garden. It is nine o’clock. Mr Sawyer usually reads his newpaper at night. But he’s not reading his newspaper tonight. At the moment, he’s reading an interesting book.1.The children go to school ______ every day.A. by car B. on foot C. by bike D. by bus2. Mrs Sawyer is going to ___ this mornig? A.staying at home B. go shopping C. drinking tea D. watching TV3. Mrs Sawyer usually drinks tea in the evening at ______in the living room. A. 8:00 B. 16:00 C. 18:00 D. 21:004. Are the children doing their homework at the moment?A. Yes, they do.B. No, they don’t.C. Yes, they are.D. No, they aren’t5. At the moment ,Mr Sawyer is_________ A. watching TV B. reading his newspaperC.playing in the gardenD. reading an interesting book.(C)There is a car race near our town every year. In 1995,there was a very big race.There were hundreds ofpeople there. My wife and I were at the race. Our friends Julie and Jack were there, too. You can see us in the crowd. We are standing on the left. There were twenty cars in the race.There were English cars, French cars, Geman cars, Italian cars, American cars and Japanese cars. It was an exciting finish. The winner was Billy Stewart. He was in car number fifteen. Five other cars were just behind him. On the way home, my wife said to me, “Don’t drive so quickly!You’re not Billy Stewart!”1.Is there a car race near our town every year? _________________2.How many people are there in the big race of 1995? _____________3.Who was at the race with the author(作者)? ______________________4.Are they standing on the left?_____________________5.Were there thirty cars in the race?____________________6.Were there any Chinese cars in the race?__________________7.The finish was exciting, wasn’t it?_______________8.Who was the winner of the race?__________________(D)Last week Mrs Milly went to London. She does not know London very well,and she lost her way.Suddenly, she saw a man near a bus stop.”I can ask him the way,”she said to herself. “Excuse me,”she said. “Can you tell me the way to King Street, please?”The man smiled pleasantly. He did not understand English! He was a tourist. Then he put his hand into his pocket, and took out a phrasebook. He opened the book and found a phrase. He read the phrase slowly.”I am sorry,”he said.”I do not speak English.”( )1.Mrs Milly went to London last week.( )2.Mrs Milly asked a man the way to a bus stop.( )3.The man didn’t know the way to King Street.( )4.The man was a tourist and he knew English well.( )5.The phrasebook was in the hand of the man.(E)Nigel is our new next-door neighbour. He’s a pilot. He was in the R.F.A. He will fly to New York next month. The month after next he’ll fly to Tokyo. At the moment, he’s in Madrid. He flew to Spain a week ago. He’ll return to London the week after next . He’s only forty-one years old, and he has already been to nearly every country in the world. Nigel is a very lucky man. But his wife isn’t very lucky. She usually stays at home!1. Nigel’s job is a ________. A. teacher B. doctor C. actor D. pelot2. ____ Nigel will fly to Tokyo. A.next month B.the month after next C.a week before D.We don’t know in the text.3. How old wil he be the next year?__________ A.forty B. forty-one C. forty-two D. forty-three4. What does Nigel’s wife usually do?A. Goes to every country in the world with Nigel.B.Goes to workC. Fly to New York and London.D. Stays at home.5. Is Nigel’s wife lucky? A. Yes, she is. B. No, she isn’t. C. She is lucky. D.No, she is.(F)Eric and Susan are very good friends. They grew up together, they went to high school together, and they went to collge together. Now Eric lives in California, and Susan lives in New Jersey. Even though they live far apart, they’re still very good friends.They write to each other very often. He writes her letters about life on the West Coast, and she writes him letters about life on the East Coast, They never forget each other’s birthday. Last year he sent hersome CDs, and she sent him a wallet. Eric and Susan help each other very often. Last year he lent her money when she was in the hospital, and she gave him advice when he lost his job.Eric and Susan like each other very much. They were always very good friends, and they still are.( )1.Eric and Susan grew up and went go high school together.( )2.Now Eric lives in California, and Susan lives in New Jersey.( )3.They never forget each other’s birthday.( )4.Susan sent Eric some CDs last year and Eric sent Susan a wallet last year.( )5.Susan lost her job and Eric gave her advice.(G)Joan got home late from work today, and she was very happy. When she opened the refrigerator, she was upset. There was nothing to eat for dinner. Joan sat down and made a shopping list. She needed a head of lettuce, a bunch of carrot, a quart of milk, a dozen eggs, two pounds of tomatoes, half a pound of chicken, and a loaf of bread.Jone rushed out of the house and drove to the supermarket. When she got there, she was very disappointed. There wasn’t any lettuce. There weren’t any carrots. There wasn’t any milk. There weren’t any eggs. There weren’t any tomatoes. There wasn’t any chicken, and there wasn’t any bread. Joan was tired and upset. In fact, she was so tired and upset. In fact, she was so tired and upset that she lost her appetite(食欲,胃口),drove home, didn’t have dinner, and went to bed.1.Was there anything to eat in the refrigerator?A. Yes, there was.B. No, there wasn’t.C. Yes, there wasn’t.D. No, there was.2.Did Joan need any fish? A.Yes, she did. B. No, she didn’t. C. Yes. she didn’t. D. No, she did.3. How did Joan go to the supermarket? A. By bus. B. By bike. C. By car. D On foot.4.Joan bought _____________ in the supermarket. A. carrots B. milk C. tomatoes D. nothing5.What did Joan do after she drove home from supermarket?A. She watched TV.B. She ate dinner.C. She went to bed.D.She went to work.(H)I’m tired of winter. I’m tired of snow. I’m tired of cold weather,and I’m sick and tired of winter coats and boots! Just think! In a few more weeks it won’t be winter any more. It’ll be warm, It’ll be warm. It won’t snow any more. It’ll be sunny. I won’t have to stay indoors any more. I’ll go outside and play with my friends. We’ll ride bicyside and play baseball again.In a few more weeks our neighborhood won’t look sad and gray any more. The flowers will bloom, and the trees will become green again. My family will spend more time outdoors. My father will work in the yard. He’ll cut the grass and paint the fence. My mother will work in the yard, too. She’ll buy new flowers and plant them in the garden. On weekends we won’t just sit in the living room and watch TV. We’ll go for walks in the park, and we’ll have picnics on Sunday afternoons.I can’t wait for spring to come! Hurry, spring!1.Does the author like spring or winter?__________________2.Is it warm now?________________3.What will the author do in a few more weeks?__________________4.Where will the author’s family spend more time in a few more weeks?____________5.Will the author’s father cut the grass and paint the fence?__________________6.Will the author’s mother water flowers?___________________7.What will they do on Sunday afternoons?_________________________8.Do you like spring or winter? Why?______________________________(I)。

相关文档
最新文档